DOLLAR FINANCIAL GROUP INC
8-K/A, 1999-04-26
FUNCTIONS RELATED TO DEPOSITORY BANKING, NEC
Previous: AMERITRADE HOLDING CORP, 11-K, 1999-04-26
Next: OTOOLE TERENCE M, 3, 1999-04-26



<PAGE>
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION


                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                              ____________________

                                   FORM 8-K/A

                                        

                                AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                        

                               To Current Report

                       Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
                      the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                       __________________________________

                               February 25, 1999
                               ------------------
                                 Date of Report


                          DOLLAR FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          ----------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


       New York                      333-18221                13-2997911
(State or Other Jurisdiction        (Commission            (IRS Employer
of Incorporation)                   File Number)         Identification Number)


       1436 Lancaster Avenue, Suite 210, Berwyn, Pennsylvania 19312-1288
           (Address of principal executive offices)        (zip code)


                                 (610) 296-3400
                                 --------------
               Registrant's telephone number, including area code
<PAGE>
 
This Amendment No. 1 ("Amendment") amends and restates in their entirety Item 2
and Item 7 of the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.
(the "Company"), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
February 25, 1999.

Item 2.   Acquisition or Disposition of Assets

          On February 10, 1999, Dollar Financial Group, Inc. ("Company") and DFG
          Acquisition Limited, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered
          into an Agreement for the sale and purchase of shares with Henry
          Hallam, Rachel Hallam and shareholders signatory thereto, to acquire
          all of the outstanding shares of Instant Cash Loans Limited ("ICL")
          which operates eleven stores in the United Kingdom.  The aggregate
          purchase price for this acquisition was $11.4 million and was funded
          with the issuance of the Company's 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes
          Due 2006.

          On February 17, 1999, National Money Mart Company, a subsidiary of the
          Company, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with King Mortgage
          Limited and Denis Willner, to purchase the remaining 86.5% partnership
          interest in its Calgary Money Mart Partnership ("Calgary"). Calgary
          operates six stores in Alberta, Canada.  The aggregate purchase price
          for this acquisition was $5.6 million and was funded with the issuance
          of the Company's 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006.

Item 7.   Financial Statements, Pro Forma Financial Information and Exhibits.

           (a)  Financial Statements of Business Acquired.

                The following financial statements of ICL and Calgary are
                attached hereto and made a part hereof:

                (i)  Instant Cash Loans, LTD.

                   (1)  Auditors' Report for the year ended July 31, 1998

                   (2)  Auditors' Report for the year ended July 31, 1997

                   (3)  Balance Sheets as of July 31, 1998 and 1997 and Interim
                        Unaudited Balance Sheet as of January 31, 1999.

                   (4)  Profit and Loss Account for the years ended July 31,
                        1998 and 1997 and Interim Unaudited Profit and Loss
                        Account for the six months ended January 31, 1999 and
                        1998.

                   (5)  Notes to Audited Financial Statements and Interim
                        Unaudited Financial Statements including Cash Flow
                        Statements for the years ended June 30, 1998 and 1997
                        and Interim Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows for the
                        six months ended January 31, 1998 and 1997.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                (ii) Calgary Money Mart Partnership

                   (1)  Auditors' Report

                   (2)  Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1998 and 1997 and Interim
                        Unaudited Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998.

                   (3)  Statements of Net Earnings for the years ended June 30,
                        1998 and 1997 and Interim Unaudited Statements of Net
                        Earnings for the six months ended December 31, 1998 and
                        1997.

                   (4)  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30,
                        1998 and 1997 and Interim Unaudited Statements of Cash
                        Flows for the six months ended December 31, 1998 and
                        1997.

                   (5)  Notes to Audited Financial Statements and Interim
                        Unaudited Financial Statements.

              (b)  Pro Forma Financial Information.
 
                   The following unaudited consolidated pro forma financial
                   statements of the Company, reflecting the acquisitions of ICL
                   and Calgary, are attached hereto and made a part hereof:

                (i)   Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Pro Forma
                      Financial Data.

                (ii)  Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Pro Forma
                      Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998.

                (iii) Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Pro Forma
                      Statement of Operations for the year ended June 30, 1998.

                (iv)  Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Pro Forma
                      Statement of Operations for the six months ended December
                      31, 1998.

                 (v)  Notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial
                      Data.

              (c) Exhibits

                  10.24  Agreement for the sale and purchase of shares of
                         Instant Cash Loans, LTD. dated February 10, 1999 with
                         Dollar Financial Group, Inc., DFG Acquisition, LTD.,
                         Henry Hallam, Rachel Hallam and shareholders signatory
                         thereto.

                  10.25  Purchase Agreement dated February 17, 1999 by and among
                         National Money Mart Company (a subsidiary of Dollar
                         Financial Group, Inc.), King Mortgage LTD. and Denis
                         Willner to purchase the remaining 86.5% partnership
                         interest in Calgary Money Mart Partnership.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURE

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act

of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

Dated:  April 26 , 1999.

                              DOLLAR FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                              a New York corporation



                              By:  /s/ Richard S. Dorfman
                                   --------------------------         
                              Name:  Richard S. Dorfman
                              Title: Executive Vice President and
                                     Chief Financial Officer

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                               DIRECTORS' REPORT
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1998

The directors present their report and the audited financial statements for the
year ended 31 July 1998.

Principal activity

The principal activity of the company is that of cheque clearing and secured
loans.

Directors

The directors of the company who served during the whole of the period from 1
August 1997 to the date of this report, unless otherwise stated, and their
interests in the shares of the company at 31 July 1998 as recorded in the
register of directors' interests were as follows:
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                    31 July 1998        31 July 1997     
                                                    50p Ordinary        50p Ordinary     
                                                    shares              shares           
                                                    No.                 No.               
<S>                                               <C>                  <C> 
H Hallam                                            2,278               2,278
A Bennett                                               -                   -
S W Payne (Resigned 20 February 1998)                   -                   - 
</TABLE>

Statement of directors' responsibilities

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each
financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the
company and of the profit or loss of the company for that year. In preparing
those financial statements, the directors are required to:

     -   select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;

     -   make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

     -   prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it
         is inappropriate to presume that the company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records which
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the
company and to enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with
the Companies Act 1985. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of
the company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

continued. . . . . . .

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               2
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                                DIRECTORS'REPORT
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1998
                                  (CONTINUED)
                                        

Small company exemptions


This report is prepared in accordance with the special provisions of Part VII of
the Companies Act 1985 relating to small companies.

                                                    On behalf of the board

                                                    /s/  H Hallam
                                                    ------------------------
                                                         H Hallam

                        Registered office: Adam House, Players Street Nottingham
                                                                         NG7 SLZ
                                                                        Director
                                                                           Court
                                                                11 February 1999

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               3
Hacker Young Chartered Accountants
22 Th. RopeWalk Nottlngham NG1 5DT


                    AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1998

We have audited the financial statements on pages 4 to 14 which have been
prepared under the historical cost convention and the accounting policies set
out on pages 8 and 9.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

As described on page 1, the company's directors are responsible for the
preparation of financial statements. It is our responsibility to form an
independent opinion, based on our audit, on those statements and to report our
opinion to you.

Basis of opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by the
Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made
by the directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether
the accounting policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances,
consistently applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error or other
irregularity. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of
the presentation of information in the financial statements.

Opinion

In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state
of the company's affairs as at 31 July 1998 and of its profit for the year then
ended and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985.

                                                          /s/ Hacker Young
                                                          ----------------------
                                                              Hacker Young
                                                              Registered Auditor

                                                                11 February 1999
                                                           Chartered Accountants

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Hacker Young Chartered Accountants
22 Th. RopeWalk Nottlngham NG1 5DT


                                AUDITORS' REPORT
               TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1997

We have audited the financial statements on pages 4 to 11 which have been
prepared under the historical cost convention and the accounting policies set
out on pages 6 and 7.


Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

As described on page 1, the company's directors are responsible for the
preparation of financial statements. It is our responsibility to form an
independent opinion, based on our audit, on those statements and to report our
opinion to you.

Basis of opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by the
Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made
by the directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether
the accounting policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances,
consistently applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.

Opinion

In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state
of the company's affairs as at 31 July 1997 and of its profit for the year then
ended and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985
as applicable to small companies.

                                                       /s/ Hacker Young
                                                       ---------------------
                                                           Hacker Young
                                                           Registered Auditor
                                                           Chartered Accountants

                                                                   30 April 1998

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               4
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                            PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           (Unaudited)
                                                                      For the year ended                For the six months
                                                         Note              July 31,                     ended January 31,
                                                                    1998             1997             1999             1998
                                                                  (Pounds)         (Pounds)         (Pounds)         (Pounds)
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
TURNOVER OF CHEQUES CASHED                                       45,563,176       23,859,150       30,258,205       18,774,325
                                                                 ==========       ==========       ==========       ==========
 
Income                                                            2,916,110        1,711,435        2,015,622        1,225,404
 
Cost of sales                                                        (5,938)          (6,116)          (2,737)          (1,267)
                                                                 ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 
Gross profit                                                      2,910,172        1,705,319        2,012,885        1,224,137
 
Administrative expenses                                          (1,784,865)      (1,055,241)      (1,104,314)        (801,964)
                                                                 ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 
Operating profit                                           2      1,125,307          650,078          908,571          422,173
                                                               
Interest payable                                           4        (51,817)         (74,001)         (50,857)         (26,771)
                                                                 ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
                                                               
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation                     1,073,490          576,077          857,714          395,402
                                                               
Taxation                                                   5       (334,195)        (169,533)        (265,891)               -
                                                                 ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
                                                               
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation                        739,295          406,544          591,823          395,402
                                                               
Dividends                                                  6       (750,000)               -                -                -
                                                                 ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 
Accumulated (loss)/profit for the year                              (10,705)         406,544          591,823          395,402
 
Retained profits brought forward                                    557,922          151,378          547,217          557,922
                                                                 ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 
Retained profit carried forward                                     547,217          557,922        1,139,040          953,324
                                                                 ==========       ==========       ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
                                                                                
       The notes on pages 8 to 14 form an integral part of these accounts

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               5
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                       (Unaudited)
                                                                 July 31,                              January 31,
                                                             1998                      1997                       1999
                                    Note   (Pounds)      (Pounds)     (Pounds)     (Pounds)     (Pounds)      (Pounds)
<S>                                <C>    <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Fixed assets
 
Tangible assets                      7                   271,794                    88,877                   454,634
                                 
Current assets                   
                                 
Stocks                                        2,318                     2,980                     1,356
Debtors                              8    2,166,338                 1,244,253                 2,913,486
Cash at bank and in hand                    496,566                   162,985                   626,317
                                         ----------                 ---------                ----------
                                          2,665,222                 1,410,218                 3,541,159
Creditors: amounts falling due       9                                                    
 within one year                         (1,696,421)                 (661,308)               (2,269,484)
                                         ----------                 ---------                ----------
                                                                                          
Net current assets                                       968,801                   748,910                 1,271,675
                                                       ---------                  --------                 ---------
                                                                                          
Total assets less current                             
 liabilities                                           1,240,595                   837,787                 1,726,309 
                                                                                          
Creditors: amounts falling due                                                            
 after more than one year          10                   (553,378)                 (139,865)                 (447,269)
                                                       ---------                  --------                 ---------
                                                         687,217                   697,922                 1,279,040
                                                       =========                  ========                 =========
Capital and reserves             
                                 
Called up share capital             11                     2,278                     2,278                     2,278
Share premium account                                    137,722                   137,722                   137,722
Profit and loss account                                  547,217                   557,922                  1,39,040
                                                       ---------                  --------                 ---------
                                 
Total shareholders' funds                                687,217                   697,922                 1,279,040
                                                       =========                  ========                 =========
</TABLE>
                                                                                

These financial statements are prepared in accordance with the special
provisions of Part VII of the Companies Act 1985 relating to small companies.
The directors are of the opinion that the company is entitled to those special
exemptions on the grounds that it has met the qualifications for a small company
as specified in sections 246 and 247.


The financial statements on pages 4 to 14 were approved by the board of
directors and signed on its behalf by:


/s/  H Hallam
- -----------------------         
H Hallam Director

11 February 1999

      The notes on pages 8 to 14 form an integral part of these accounts.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               6
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                 STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                           (Unaudited)       
                                                                    For the year ended                   For the six months   
                                                                         July 31,                        ended January 31,    
                                                                1998               1997             1999                1998     
                                                              (Pounds)           (Pounds)         (Pounds)            (Pounds)   
<S>                                                         <C>                  <C>                <C>                 <C>      
Profit for the financial year                                   739,295             406,544          591,823             395,402 
Other gains/(losses)                                                  -                   -                -                   - 
                                                                -------             -------          -------             ------- 
                                                                                                                                 
Total gains recognised since last annual report                 739,295             406,544          591,823             395,402 
                                                                =======             =======          =======             ======= 
</TABLE>


                   NOTE OF HISTORICAL COST PROFITS AND LOSSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            (Unaudited)
                                                                     For the year ended                  For the six months
                                                                          July 31,                        ended January 31,
                                                                 1998               1997               1999             1998     
                                                               (Pounds)           (Pounds)           (Pounds)         (Pounds)   
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>                <C>              <C>          
Reported profit on ordinary activities before taxation          1,073,490            576,077            857,714          395,402 

Difference between a historical cost depreciation charge                                                                         
 and the actual depreciation charge for the year            
 calculated on the revalued amount                                      -                  -                  -                - 
                                                                ---------            -------            -------          ------- 
                                                                                                                                 
Historical cost profit on ordinary activities before                                                                             
 taxation                                                       1,073,490            576,077            857,714          395,402 
                                                                =========            =======            =======          ======= 
</TABLE>

       The notes on pages 8 to 14 form an integral part of these accounts

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               7
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
               RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           (Unaudited)
                                                                     For the year ended                     January 31,
                                                                          July 31,
                                                                 1998                  1997                    1999
                                                               (Pounds)              (Pounds)                (Pounds)
<S>                                                         <C>                    <C>                   <C>
Profit for the financial year                                     739,295               406,544                   591,823
Dividends                                                        (750,000)                    -                         -
                                                                 --------               -------                 ---------
Net (subtraction from)/addition to shareholders' funds            (10,705)              406,544                   391,823 
Opening shareholders' funds                                       697,922               291,378                   687,217
                                                                 --------               -------                 ---------
 
Closing shareholders' funds                                       687,217               697,922                 1,279,040
                                                                 ========               =======                 =========
</TABLE>



       The notes on pages 8 to 14 form an integral part of these accounts

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               8
                           INSTANT CASH LOAN LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        


1    ACCOUNTING POLICIES


     The accounts have been prepared in accordance with the Financial Reporting
     Standard for Smaller Entities.  A summary of the principal accounting
     policies is set out below, all of which have been applied throughout the
     current year and preceding year.

     Basis of accounting

     The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost
     accounting rules.

     The company has taken advantage of the exemption from preparing a cash flow
     statement conferred by Financial Reporting Standard No.1 on the grounds
     that it qualifies as a small company under the Companies Act 1985.

     Trading activities

     The whole of the company's trading for the year and preceding year is
     generated from continuing operations.

     Turnover

     Turnover represents money earned from secured loans, profits made from the
     cashing of cheques and sales of goods purchased. In the current year the
     company has accounted for profits from the cashing of cheques on the date
     of the transaction. The effect of this treatment has been to increase
     turnover and profits by (Pounds)41,652.

     Bad and doubtful debts

     The directors make specific provisions against cheques when these are
     returned unpaid. The aggregate provisions which are made during the year
     are charged against the operating profit.

     Cheques which are subsequently recovered are credited to the operating
     profit on the date of recovery. Included in the accounts is a specific
     provision for cheques which are recovered in the period between 31 July and
     the date on which the accounts are approved by the board.

     Tangible fixed assets and depreciation

     Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost (or valuation) less accumulated
     depreciation.

     Depreciation of fixed assets is calculated to write off their cost or
     valuation less any residual value over their estimated useful lives as
     follows:

     Leasehold property improvements         Over the period of the lease
     Plant and equipment                     33% per annum straight line basis
     Motor vehicles                          20% per annum straight line basis
     Fixtures and equipment                  33% per annum straight line basis


     Profits or losses on the disposal of tangible fixed assets are included in
     the calculation of operating profit.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               9
                                                                                
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998

1    ACCOUNTING POLICIES   continued
     Leases and hire purchase contracts

     Tangible fixed assets acquired under finance leases and hire purchase
     contracts are capitalised at the estimated fair value at the date of
     inception of each lease or contract. Assets under hire purchase agreements
     are depreciated over their expected useful lives. Assets under finance
     lease agreements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and
     their expected useful lives. The total finance charges are allocated over
     the period of the lease in such a way as to give a reasonably constant
     charge on the outstanding liability.

     Rentals paid under operating leases are charged to the profit and loss
     account as incurred.

     Stocks

     Stocks are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

     Taxation

     Corporation tax payable is provided on taxable profits at the appropriate
     rate.

     Deferred taxation is provided on the liability method in respect of the
     taxation effect of all timing differences only to the extent that tax
     liabilities will crystallise in the foreseeable future.

2    OPERATING PROFIT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    For the year ended                    For the six months
                                                                         July 31,                         ended January 31,
                                                                1998                  1997             1999              1998
                                                              (Pounds)              (Pounds)        (Pounds)           (Pounds)
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>             <C>                <C>
Operating profit is stated after crediting
 
Profit on sale of assets and after charging                    347                         -                -                   - 
                                                           =======                    ======          =======              ====== 
                                                                                                     
Auditors' remuneration                                       4,900                     4,700            2,500               2,300 
Operating leases                                                                                                                  
    Rent                                                   126,529                    66,243          108,871              75,335 
Hire purchase interest                                       3,298                       514            1,832               1,832 
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets                                                                                             
   owned assets                                             80,653                    74,082           75,134              30,804 
                                                           =======                    ======          =======              ====== 
</TABLE>
3  DIRECTORS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    For the year ended                    For the six months
                                                                         July 31,                         ended January 31,
                                                                1998                  1997             1999              1998
                                                              (Pounds)              (Pounds)        (Pounds)           (Pounds)
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>             <C>                <C>
     Directors' emoluments                                    130,520                131,971          57,424             64,826
                                                              =======                =======         =======             ======
</TABLE>
                                                                                

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              10
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998

4  INTEREST PAYABLE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    For the year ended                     For the six months
                                                                         July 31,                          ended January 31,
                                                                1998                  1997                        1999
                                                              (Pounds)              (Pounds)                    (Pounds)
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>                           <C>
Finance lease and hire purchase contracts                         3,298                    514                         1,832
Other interest payable                                           48,519                 73,487                        49,025
                                                                 ------                 ------                        ------
                                                                                                               
                                                                 51,817                 74,001                        50,857
                                                                 ======                 ======                        ======
</TABLE>
                                                                                

5      TAXATION

       The tax charge is based on the results for the year and comprises:
          
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             For the year ended                           For the six months
                                                                  July 31,                                ended January 31,
                                                         1998                  1997                  1999                   1998
                                                       (Pounds)              (Pounds)              (Pounds)               (Pounds)
<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>                   <C>                    <C>
UK Corporation tax on profit on ordinary activities at
 31%% (1997 27.4%%)                                     320,234                169,533               265,891                      -
Under provision in earlier years                         13,961                      -                     -                      -
                                                        -------                -------               -------                -------
                                                        334,195                169,533               265,891                      -
                                                        =======                =======               =======                =======

</TABLE>
                                                                                


6   DIVIDENDS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         For the year ended                             For the six months
                                                              July 31,                                   ended January 31,
                                                      1998                    1997                    1999               1998 
                                                    (Pounds)                (Pounds)                (Pounds)           (Pounds)
<S>                                                 <C>                    <C>                      <C>                <C>
Equity- ordinary/final                              750,000                       -                       -                  -
                                                    =======                 =======                  ======             ======
</TABLE>
                                                                                
     The company has declared a proposed dividend on the 'A' ordinary shares.
     The intention of the directors is to satisfy the proposed dividend by
     assigning the assets and liabilities relating to the secured lending
     business of the company.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              11
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998

7      TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Fixtures          Land
                                               Motor        Plant and          and            and
                                             Vehicles       Machinery       Fittings       Buildings        Total
Cost                                         (Pounds)        (Pounds)       (Pounds)        (Pounds)       (Pounds)
 
<S>                                          <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
1 August 1997                                  51,460          43,602        168,237          13,662       276,961
Additions                                     118,000          39,134        125,089               -       282,223
Disposals                                     (25,700)           (680)             -               -       (26,380)
                                              -------         -------        -------          ------       -------
31 July 1998                                  143,760          82,056        293,326          13,662       532,804
 
Additions                                      17,088          44,053        196,833               -       257,974
                                              -------         -------        -------          ------       -------
31 January 1999                               160,848         126,109        490,159          13,662       790,778
                                              =======         =======        =======          ======       =======
Depreciation
 
1 August 1997                                  11,767          32,391        130,266          13,660       188,084
Charge for the year                            22,334          11,513         46,804               2        80,653
Disposals                                      (7,668)            (59)             -               -        (7,727)
                                               ------          ------        -------          ------       -------
31 July 1998                                   26,433          43,845        177,070          13,662       261,010
 
Charge for the period                          16,376          11,286         47,472               -        75,134
                                               ------          ------        -------          ------       -------
31 January 1999                                42,809          55,131        224,542          13,662       336,144
                                               ======          ======        =======          ======       =======
Net book amount
31 January 1999                               118,039          70,978        265,617               -       454,634
                                              =======          ======        =======          ======       =======
 
31 July 1998                                  117,327          38,211        116,256               -       271,794
                                              =======          ======        =======          ======       =======
                                                                                
31 July 1997                                   39,693          11,211         37,971               2        88,877
                                              =======          ======        =======          ======       =======
</TABLE>
                                                                                
     The net book value of assets held under hire purchase agreements at the
     year end was (Pounds)68,467 (1997: 4,280). Depreciation charged on these
     assets for the year amounted to (Pounds)10,533 (1997: (Pounds)2,140).
 
8      DEBTORS

     Amounts falling due within one year

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          July 31,                           January 31,
                                                                 1998                   1997                     1999
                                                               (Pounds)               (Pounds)                 (Pounds)
<S>                                                         <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Trade debtors                                                   1,810,915              1,133,483                  2,573,696
Advance Corporation Tax                                           187,500                      -                    187,500
Other debtors                                                     167,923                110,770                    152,290
                                                                ---------              ---------                  ---------
 
                                                                2,166,338              1,244,253                  2,913,486
                                                                =========              =========                  =========
</TABLE>

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              12
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998

9  CREDITORS: amounts falling due within one year
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          July 31,                           January 31,
                                                                 1998                   1997                     1999
                                                               (Pounds)               (Pounds)                 (Pounds)
<S>                                                            <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Bank overdraft                                                          -                233,501                    272,557
Bank loans                                                        125,000                      -                    166,667
Trade creditors                                                    81,205                 59,238                     26,191
Corporation tax                                                   320,234                169,853                    588,921
Other taxation and social security                                 59,657                 39,553                     57,924
Dividend                                                          750,000                      -                    750,000
ACT Payable                                                       187,500                      -                    187,500
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase
 contracts                                                         17,775                  1,189                     17,775
Directors' loans                                                    3,032                 46,222                     37,312
Other creditors                                                    58,196                 25,331                     14,682
Accruals and deferred income                                       93,822                 86,421                    149,955
                                                                ---------                -------                  ---------
                                                                1,696,421                661,308                  2,269,484
                                                                =========                =======                  =========
</TABLE>
                                                                                
     Bank loans and overdrafts are secured by a fixed and floating charge over
     the assets of the company. Obligations under finance leases and hire
     purchase contracts are secured on the assets to which they relate.

10   CREDITORS: amounts falling due after more than one year
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          July 31,                           January 31,
                                                                 1998                   1997                     1999
                                                               (Pounds)               (Pounds)                 (Pounds)
<S>                                                            <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Bank loans                                                        375,000                      -                    277,779
Other loan                                                        139,865                139,865                    139,865
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase
 contracts                                                         38,513                      -                     29,625
                                                                 --------                -------                    -------
                                                                  553,378                139,865                    447,269
                                                                 ========                =======                    =======
</TABLE>
11  CALLED UP SHARE CAPITAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          July 31,                           January 31,
                                                                 1998                   1997                     1999
                                                               (Pounds)               (Pounds)                 (Pounds)
<S>                                                            <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Ordinary shares of 50p each
 
Authorised                                                          2,278                  2,278                      2,278
                                                                 ========                =======                    =======
Allotted called up and fully paid
 
2,278 Class A ordinary 50p shares                                   1,139                  1,139                      1,139
2,278 Class B ordinary 50p shares                                   1,139                  1,139                      1,139
                                                                 --------                -------                    -------
                                                                    2,278                  2,278                      2,278
                                                                 ========                =======                    =======
</TABLE>

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              13
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        
12  GUARANTEES AND OTHER FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS

     Financial commitments under non-cancellable operating leases will result in
     the following payments falling due in the year to 31st July 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          July 31,                           January 31,
                                                                 1998                   1997                     1999
                                                                 Land                   Land                     Land
                                                                 and                    and                      and
                                                              Buildings              Buildings                Buildings
                                                               (Pounds)               (Pounds)                 (Pounds)
<S>                                                             <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Expiring
Within one year                                                       -                 22,675                        -
Within two to five years                                         74,398                      -                   91,537
After five years                                                 97,956                 46,950                  126,203
                                                                -------                 ------                  -------
                                                                                                        
                                                                172,354                 69,625                  217,740
                                                                =======                 ======                  =======
</TABLE>
                                                                                
     CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

     At 31 July 1998 the company was committed to the following capital
     expenditure.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          July 31,                           January 31,
                                                                1998                   1997                   1999
                                                              (Pounds)               (Pounds)                 (Pounds)
 <S>                                                            <C>                    <C>                     <C>     

Authorised but not contracted for                                   -                  45,000                       -
                                                              =======                 =======                 ======= 
Contracted for but not included in these financial
 statements                                                    53,941                       -                  20,000
                                                              =======                 =======                 ======= 
</TABLE>

13  POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS

     12.1 The company opened a new branch in Sunderland in August 1998.

     12.2 The company entered into an annual lease commitment in respect of land
     and buildings for the new branch in August 1998, amounting to
     (Pounds)18,250 and which expires after more than 5 years.

     12.3 The directors are currently in the process of negotiating the sale of
     all of the shares in Instant Cash Loans Limited to a company incorporated
     in the U.S.A. A sale agreement has not been signed but the directors
     anticipate that the sale will affect the accounts as follows:

          (i) Instant Cash Loans Limited will become a wholly owned subsidiary
     of a parent company incorporated in the U.S.A.

          (ii) The net book value of the secured lending assets & liabilities
     shall be extracted from the company by dividend distribution.

          (iii) The cheque clearing trade will continue in its present form for
     the foreseeable future.

                                       18
[CAPTION] 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              14
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        
14   DIFFERENCES BETWEEN UNITED KINGDOM GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
     ("UK GAAP") AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES ("US
     GAAP") (Unaudited)

     The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
     UK GAAP, and are presented in British Pounds. As described in the Company's
     accounting policies, in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard No. 1
     under UK GAAP, statements of cash flows were not required to be presented
     in the accompanying audited financial statements on the grounds that it
     qualifies as a small company under the Companies Act 1985.  Statements of
     cash flows are provided below in accordance with UK GAAP and would not be
     materially different if prepared under US GAAP.  The accounting policies of
     the Company also comply, with all material respects, with US GAAP as of
     July 31, 1998 and 1997 and at January 31, 1999 and therefore the financial
     results would not require amendment if the financial statements were to be
     prepared in accordance with US GAAP.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
                          INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
 
 
                          INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                              CASH FLOW STATEMENT
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 JULY 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                         1998                       1997
                       Note      (Pounds)    (Pounds)       (Pounds)    (Pounds)
<S>                    <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>         <C> 
Net cash inflow from
operating activities    1                     514,085                   323,861
 
Returns on investments and
servicing of finance
Interest paid                     (51,767)                  (57,287)
Interest element of higher
  purchase payments                (3,298)                     (514)
                                 --------                   -------
                                  (55,065)                  (57,801)
Taxation
Corporation tax paid                         (183,814)                  (96,380)
 
Capital expenditure
and financial investment
Purchase of tangible fixed
  assets                         (203,223)                  (86,984)
Sale of tangible fixed assets      19,000                         -
                                 --------                   -------
                                 (184,223)                  (86,984)
                                              -------                   -------
                                               90,983                    82,696
 
Equity dividends paid                               -                         -
                                              -------                   -------
                                               90,983                    82,696

Financing
Issuing of ordinary share
  capital                               -                         -
Other loan advances                     -                         -
Bank loan advances                500,000                         -
Capital element of hire purchase
payments                          (23,901)                   (2,853)
                                 --------                   -------
 
                                              476,099                    (2,853)
                                              -------                   -------
Increase in cash                              567,082                    79,843
                                              =======                   =======
</TABLE> 
 
  The notes on pages 2 to 4 form an integral part of this cash flow statement

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              2.
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                        NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1998


Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt (note 2)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                         1998        1997
                                       (Pounds)    (Pounds)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>
 
Increase in cash in the period          567,082      79,843
 
Cash inflow from increase in debt      (500,000)          -
 
Cash outflow from payment of hire
  purchase financing                     23,901       2,853
                                       --------    --------
 
Change in net debt resulting from        90,983      82,696
  cash flows
 
New finance leases                      (79,000)          -
 
Net debt at start of year              (211,570)   (294,266)
                                       --------    --------
 
Net debt at end of year                (199,587)   (211,570)
                                       ========    ========
</TABLE>

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              3.
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        

                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                        NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT
                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1998 AND 1997


1.         Reconciliation of operating profit to operating cash flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                    1998                    1997
                                                                (Pounds)                (Pounds)
<S>                                                          <C>                        <C>
 
 Operating profit                                              1,125,307                 650,078
 Depreciation charges                                             80,653                  74,082
 Profit on disposal of fixed assets                                 (347)                      -
 Decrease/(increase) in stocks                                       662                    (260)
 (Increase) in debtors                                          (734,585)               (523,049)
 Increase/(decrease) in creditors                                 42,395                 123,010
                                                               ---------                --------
 Net cash inflow from operating
  activities                                                     514,085                 323,861
                                                               =========                ========
</TABLE> 

2.         Analysis of changes in net debt
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                           Other
                                                                      At        Cash    Non-cash             At
                                                           1 August 1997       Flows    changes     31July 1998
                                                                (Pounds)    (Pounds)   (Pounds)        (Pounds)
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>  
 Cash at Bank and in hand                                        162,985     333,581           -        496,566
 
 Overdrafts                                                     (233,501)    233,501           -              -
                                                                             -------    
 
                                                                             567,082
 
 Debt due within one year                                              -    (500,000)    375,000       (125,000)
 Debt due after one year                                        (139,865)          -    (375,000)      (514,865)
 
 Hire purchase contracts                                          (1,189)     23,901     (79,000)       (56,288)
                                                               ---------    --------    --------    -----------
 
 TOTAL                                                          (211,570)     90,983     (79,000)      (199,587)
                                                               =========    ========    ========    ===========
</TABLE>

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              4.

                          INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        
                          INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                       NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 JULY 1998 AND 1997

                                        

2.   Analysis of changes in net debt (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Other
                                                     At         Cash           Non-cash                 At
                                          1 August 1996         Flows           changes       31 July 1997
                                              (Pounds)         (Pounds)        (Pounds)          (Pounds)
  <S>                                             <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>
 
   Cash at Bank and in hand                   125,449           37,536               -            162,985
 
   Overdrafts                                (275,808)          42,307               -           (233,501)
                                                               -------
 
                                                                79,843
   Debt due within one year                         -                                -                  -
 
   Debt due after one year                   (139,865)               -               -           (139,865)
 
   Hire purchase contracts                     (4,042)           2,853               -             (1,189)
                                             ---------         -------          --------         --------
 
   TOTAL                                     (294,266)          82,696               -           (211,570)
                                             ========          =======          ========         ======== 
</TABLE>

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                          INTERIM CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
               FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1999 AND 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                  1999                                      1998
                                     Note       (Pounds)     (Pounds)              (Pounds)           (Pounds)
<S>                                 <C>         <C>          <C>                   <C>                <C>
Net cash inflow
form operating activities             1                      230,467                                   159,793
 
Returns on investments and
servicing of finance
Interest paid                 -                (49,025)                           (24,939)
Interest element of higher
 purchase payments                              (1,832)                            (1,832)
                                             ---------                          ---------
                                                             (50,857)                                  (26,771)
 
Taxation
Corporation tax paid                                               -                                         -
 
Capital expenditure
and financial investment
Purchase of tangible fixed assets             (257,974)                          (174,638)
Sale of tangible fixed assets                        -                                  -
                                             ---------                          --------- 
 
 
                                                            (257,974)                                 (174,638)
                                                           ---------                                 --------- 
                                                     
                                                             (78,364)                                  (41,616)
 
 
Financing
Bank loan advances                                   -                            350,000
Bank loan payments                             (55,554)                                 -
Capital element of hire purchase
   payments                                     (8,888)                           (15,014)
                                             ---------                           --------
 
 
                                                             (64,442)                                  334,986
                                                           ---------                                 ---------
 
 
(Decrease) increase in cash                                 (142,806)                                  293,370
                                                           =========                                 =========
 
</TABLE>
                                                                                

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                   NOTES TO THE INTERIM CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
               FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1999 AND 1998


Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt (note 2)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
 
                                                                    1999                                    1998
                                                                  (Pounds)                                (Pounds)
<S>                                                               <C>                                     <C>

Increase in cash in the period                                    (142,806)                               293,370
 
Cash inflow from increase in debt                                   55,554                               (350,000)

Cash outflow from payment of hire
  purchase financing                                                 8,888                                 15,014
                                                         ----------------------                    ------------------
 
 
Change in net debt resulting from
  cash flows                                                       (78,364)                               (41,616)
 
New finance leases                                                       -                                (79,000)
 
Net debt at start of period                                       (199,587)                              (211,570)
                                                         ----------------------                    ------------------
Net debt at end of period                                         (277,951)                              (332,186)
                                                         ======================                    ==================
 
</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                   NOTES TO THE INTERIM CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
               FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1999 AND 1998


1.                 Reconciliation of operating
                   profit to operating cash flows
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                         1999                       1998
                                                                       (Pounds)                   (Pounds)
                 <S>                                                  <C>                       <C>            
 
                   Operating profit                                    708,571                    395,402
                   Depreciation charges                                 75,134                     30,804
                   Decrease in stocks                                      962                        177
                   Increase in debtors                                (547,148)                  (365,471)
                   (Decrease)/increase in creditors                     (7,052)                    98,881
                                                               ---------------              -------------
                   Net cash inflow from operating
                   activities
                                                                       230,467                    159,793
                                                               ===============              =============
 
</TABLE> 
 
 
2.                 Analysis of change in net debt
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                  
                                                                            At                      Other     
                                                                      1 August          Cash      Non-cash                 At
                                                                          1998         Flows      changes     31 January 1999 
                                                                       (Pounds)      (Pounds)     (Pounds)            (Pounds)
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>  
                   Cash at Bank and in hand                            496,566       129,751                          626,317
 
                   Overdrafts                                                       (272,557)                        (272,557)
                                                                                  ----------

                                                                                    (142,806)
 
                   Debt due in one year                               (125,000)       55,554      (97,221)           (166,667)
                   Debt due after one year                            (514,865)                    97,221            (417,644)
 
                   Hire purchase contracts                             (56,288)        8,888                          (47,400)
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
                   TOTAL                                              (199,587)      (78,364)           -            (277,951)
                                                               ==============================================================
 
</TABLE>

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                   NOTES TO THE INTERIM CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
               FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1999 AND 1998
                                        

2.                 Analysis of change in net debt (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                                      Other
                                                                              At         Cash     Non-cash                 At
                                                                   1 August 1997        Flows      changes    31 January 1998
                                                                       (Pounds)1    (Pounds)1    (Pounds)1          (Pounds)1
                  <S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>         
 
                   Cash at Bank and in hand                              162,985      236,611                         399,596
 
                   Overdrafts                                           (233,501)      56,759                        (176,742)
                                                                                -------------
                                                                                      293,370
 
                   Debt due in one year                                        -     (350,000)     225,000           (125,000)
                   Debt due after one year                              (139,865)                 (225,000)          (364,865)
 
                   Hire purchase contracts                                (1,189)      15,014      (79,000)           (65,175)
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------
                    TOTAL                                               (211,570)     (41,616)     (79,000)          (332,186)
                                                               ==============================================================
</TABLE>

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
                           INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                         NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              Unaudited with respect to January 31, 1999 and 1998
                                        

15   DIRECTORS' TRANSACTIONS

     13.1 During the year, a number of unredeemed pledges valued at
     (Pounds)15,032 were sold to The Gold Shop, a business owned by Mrs R.
     Hallam, shareholder and wife of H. Hallam, director.

     3.2 On 12 January 1998, the company purchased a motor vehicle from H.
     Hallam, director for (Pounds)15,000.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
                                AUDITORS' REPORT



To the partners of
Calgary Money Marts

We have audited the balance sheets of Calgary Money Marts (a partnership) as at
June 30, 1998 and 1997 and the statements of partners' capital, net earnings and
cash flows for the years then ended.  These financial statements are the
responsibility of the partnership's management.  Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial positions of the partnership as at June 30, 1998 and
1997 and the results of its operations and the changes in its financial position
for the years then ended in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.



                                                 /s/ Ernst & Young  LLP
                                                 ----------------------         
Edmonton, Canada                                 Ernst & Young LLP
April 21, 1999                                   Chartered Accountants

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
Calgary Money Marts (a partnership)


                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                                        
As at June 30,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1998          1997
                                                   $             $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>
 
ASSETS
Current
Cash                                           2,001,232     1,340,977
Accounts receivable                               23,634        13,678
Prepaid expenses and deposits                      6,710         1,050
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               2,031,576     1,355,705
Capital assets [note 2]                           76,146        57,497
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               2,107,722     1,413,202
=========================================================================== 

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities           9,406         4,500
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Commitments [note 3]
 
Partners' capital
National Money Mart Co.                          (18,629)       (6,920)
King Mortgage Ltd.                             2,116,945     1,415,622
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               2,098,316     1,408,702
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               2,107,722     1,413,202
=========================================================================== 
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
Calgary Money Marts (a partnership)


                             INTERIM BALANCE SHEET
                                        
As at December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                              (Unaudited)
                                                 1998
                                                   $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>
 
ASSETS
Current
Cash                                           2,605,747
Accounts receivable                               25,500
Prepaid expenses and deposits                      3,748
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               2,634,995
Capital assets [note 2]                           83,320
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               2,718,315
========================================================================
 
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities         114,846
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Commitments [note 3]
 
Partners' capital
National Money Mart Co.                          (35,525)
King Mortgage Ltd.                             2,638,994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               2,603,469
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               2,718,315
========================================================================
</TABLE> 

See accompanying notes

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
Calgary Money Marts (a partnership)


                        STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL
                                        

Year ended June 30,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                National                     King
                             Money Mart Co.              Mortgage Ltd.                   Total
                         -----------------------   -------------------------   --------------------------
                            1998         1997         1998          1997           1998          1997
                             $            $             $             $             $              $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
 
Partners' capital
  beginning of year         (6,920)       5,044     1,415,622     1,140,895      1,408,702     1,145,939
Net earnings for
  the year                 230,459      155,376     1,476,648       995,561      1,707,107     1,150,937
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           223,539      160,420     2,892,270     2,136,456      3,115,809     2,296,876
Drawings                  (242,168)    (167,340)     (775,325)     (720,834)    (1,017,493)     (888,174)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Partners' capital
  end of year              (18,629)      (6,920)    2,116,945     1,415,622      2,098,316     1,408,702
===============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes

                        STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL
                                  (Unaudited)
                                        
Six months ended December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                National                     King
                             Money Mart Co.              Mortgage Ltd.                   Total
                         -----------------------   -------------------------   --------------------------
                                1998                         1998                         1998
                                  $                            $                            $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                       <C>                        <C>
Partners' capital
  beginning of period             (18,629)                    2,116,945                  2,098,316  
Net earnings for                                                                                    
  the period                      131,349                       841,605                    972,954  
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  112,720                     2,958,550                  3,071,270  
Drawings                         (148,245)                     (319,556)                  (467,801) 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Partners' capital                                                                                   
  end of period                   (35,525)                    2,638,994                  2,603,469   
===============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
Calgary Money Marts (a partnership)


                           STATEMENTS OF NET EARNINGS
                                        
Year ended June 30,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                  1998         1997
                                   $            $
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>
REVENUE
Cheque cashing                  2,555,173    1,930,642
Miscellaneous                     188,445      187,760
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                2,743,618    2,118,402
- ------------------------------------------------------------
 
EXPENSES
Salaries and benefits             430,131      394,030
Rent                              147,578      143,701
Management fees [note 4]          120,000      120,000
Telephone and utilities            54,838       52,417
NSF cheques                        53,947       35,822
Bank charges and interest          49,031       42,370
Travel and promotion               33,568       39,880
Security                           33,221       28,851
Office                             26,110       26,139
Advertising                        22,289       34,541
Amortization                       19,766       11,317
Repairs and maintenance            14,628       10,430
Taxes and licenses                 10,248       10,327
Insurance                           8,590        8,991
Professional fees                   8,553        8,649
Software                            4,013
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                1,036,511      967,465
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings for the year       1,707,107    1,150,937
============================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
Calgary Money Marts (a partnership)


                       INTERIM STATEMENTS OF NET EARNINGS
                                  (Unaudited)
                                        

Six month period ended December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                    1998         1997
                                     $            $
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>
REVENUE
Cheque cashing                    1,462,905    1,283,155
Miscellaneous                        96,280       76,057
- -----------------------------------------------------------
                                  1,559,185    1,359,212    
- -----------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSES
Salaries and benefits               243,174      208,950
Rent                                 82,605       72,353
Management fees                      60,000       60,000
Telephone and utilities              31,806       26,018
NSF cheques                          30,500       40,581
Bank charges and interest            30,203       24,439
Security                             21,506       15,070
Travel and promotion                 20,057       19,381
Office                               14,940       12,774
Insurance                            12,397        9,906
Amortization                         11,611        9,883
Advertising                           8,731        5,921
Repairs and maintenance               8,649        8,516
Professional fees                     8,122        6,414
Taxes and licenses                    1,930          761
- -----------------------------------------------------------
                                    586,231      520,967
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings for the period         972,954      838,245
</TABLE>

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
Calgary Money Marts (a partnership)


                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                        
Year ended June 30,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                     1998          1997
                                                      $              $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>
 
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net earnings for the year                          1,707,107     1,150,937
Add item not involving cash for operations:
 Amortization                                         19,766        11,317
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1,726,873     1,162,254
Net change in non-cash working capital:
 Accounts receivable                                  (9,956)       (3,378)
 Prepaid expenses and deposits                        (5,660)
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities              4,906
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1,716,163     1,158,876
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Partners drawings                                 (1,017,493)     (888,174)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of capital assets                           (38,415)      (48,917)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Increase in cash for the year                        660,255       221,785
Cash, beginning of year                            1,340,977     1,119,192
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash, end of year                                  2,001,232     1,340,977
============================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
Calgary Money Marts (a partnership)


                        INTERIM STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                  (Unaudited)
                                        
Six month period ended December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                   1998          1997
                                                     $             $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                             <C>           <C>
 
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Cash receipts from customers                     1,557,319     1,318,631
Cash paid to suppliers and employees              (466,218)     (410,501)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Cash flows from operating activities             1,091,101       908,130
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of capital assets                         (18,785)            -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Cash flows used in investing activities            (18,785)            -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Partners drawings                                 (467,801)     (400,981)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Cash flows used in financing activities           (467,801)     (400,981)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash for the period         604,515       507,149
Cash, beginning of period                        2,001,232     1,340,977
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Cash, end of period                              2,605,747     1,848,126
============================================================================ 
</TABLE>

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
Calgary Money Marts (a partnership) operates a cheque cashing business in
Calgary, Canada.

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

These financial statements are prepared in accordance with Canadian generally
accepted accounting principles and are presented in Canadian dollars.  The
accounting policies of the partnership also comply, in all material respects,
with US generally accepted accounting principles.

These financial statements reflect only the assets, liabilities, revenues and
expenses of the partnership.  Other assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses,
including income taxes on partnership income of the partners are not included in
these financial statements.

Capital assets

Capital assets are recorded at cost.  Amortization is provided at the following
rates and methods per annum:
 
        Computer equipment          30% declining balance
        Furniture and fixtures      20% declining balance
        Leasehold improvements      20% straight-line

2. CAPITAL ASSETS

Capital assets consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                   1998                    1997
                                       -------------------------------  --------
                                               Accumulated    Net book   Net book
                                      Cost     amortization    value      value
                                       $            $            $          $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
Computer equipment                    57,628         21,118     36,510     41,579
Furniture and fixtures                81,891         68,901     12,990     15,918
Leasehold improvements               128,748        102,102     26,646
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     268,267        192,121     76,146     57,497
===================================================================================== 
</TABLE> 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                       December 31, 1998 (Unaudited)
                                    ------------------------------------- 
                                               Accumulated    Net book
                                      Cost     amortization    value
                                       $            $            $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>          <C> 
Computer equipment                    57,628         26,593     31,035
Furniture and fixtures                90,966         71,107     19,859
Leasehold improvements               138,458        106,032     32,426
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     287,052        203,732     83,320
===================================================================================== 
</TABLE>

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
3. COMMITMENTS

The future minimum lease payments under long-term operating leases for office
and business premises are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                (Unaudited)
                                June 30,        December 31,
                                  1998             1998
                                    $               $
   
            <S>                    <C>           <C>
             1999                 158,085         155,558  
             2000                 137,393         132,986
             2001                 122,291         117,414
             2002                 115,213         112,995
             2003                  83,252          36,803
- -------------------------------------------------------------
                                  616,234         555,756 
=============================================================
</TABLE>

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

Management fees of $120,000 (1997 - $120,000) were paid to a partner, King
Mortgage Ltd.  During the unaudited six months ended December 31, 1998
management fees of $60,000 (1997 - $60,000) were paid to a partner, King
Mortgage Ltd.

5. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 17, 1999, National Money Mart Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of
Dollar Financial Group Inc. purchased the remaining interest in the partnership
that they did not previously own.

6. UNCERTAINTY DUE TO THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE

The Year 2000 Issue arises because many computerized systems use two digits
rather than four to identify a year.  Date-sensitive systems may recognize the
year 2000 as 1900 or some other date, resulting in errors when information using
year 2000 dates is processed.  In addition, similar problems may arise in some
systems which use certain dates in 1999 to represent something other than a
date.  The effects of the Year 2000 Issue may be experienced before, on, or
after January 1, 2000, and, if not addressed, the impact on operations and
financial reporting may range from minor errors to significant systems failure
which could affect an entity's ability to conduct normal business operations.
It is not possible to be certain that all aspects of the Year 2000 Issue
affecting the entity, including those related to the efforts of customers,
suppliers, or other third parties, will be fully resolved.

7. RECONCILIATION TO ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY
   ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED STATES (UNAUDITED)

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with Canadian GAAP and are presented in Canadian Dollars.  The
accounting policies of the Company also comply, in all material respects, with
US GAAP as of June 30, 1998 and 1997 and at December 31, 1998 and therefore the
financial results would not require amendment if the financial statements were
to be prepared in accordance with US GAAP.

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
             UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

     The following unaudited condensed combined pro forma balance sheet as of
December 31, 1998 and the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of
operations for the year ended June 30, 1998 and for the six months ended
December 31, 1998 set forth herein give effect to the acquisition by Dollar
Financial Group, Inc. ("Company" or "DFG") of Instant Cash Loans, LTD. ("ICL")
on February 10, 1999 and to the acquisition by National Money Mart Company, a
subsidiary of the Company, of Calgary Money Mart Partnership ("Calgary") on
February 17, 1999 (collectively the "Acquisitions"). The unaudited condensed
combined pro forma balance sheet assumes the acquisitions of ICL and Calgary
occurred on December 31, 1998. The unaudited condensed combined pro forma
statements of operations for the twelve months ended June 30, 1998 and for the
six months ended December 31, 1998 assume that these acquisitions had occurred
as of the beginning of the periods presented. See notes to the unaudited
condensed combined pro forma financial statements for further explanation of
these transactions.

     The unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements are not
necessarily indicative of what the Company's results of operations and balance
sheet would have been had the Acquisitions been consummated at the indicated
dates, nor are they indicative of the Company's results of operations and
balance sheet of any future period.

     For convenient translation purposes, an exchange rate of
$1.00=(Pounds).6020 has been utilized in connection with the acquisition of ICL,
which is a United Kingdom corporation, and $1.00=C$1.5344 has been utilized in
connection with the acquisition of Calgary, which is a Canadian partnership. For
purposes of translating ICL's and Calgary's operating results for the year ended
June 30, 1998, an average exchange rate of $1.00=(Pounds).6073 and
$1.00=C$1.4170 has been used; for purposes of translating ICL's and Calgary's
operating results for the six months ended December 31, 1998, an average
exchange rate of $1.00=(Pounds).6007 and $1.00=C$1.5281 has been used.

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
                          DOLLAR FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                   UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED
                             PROFORMA BALANCE SHEET
                               DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Historical(c)
                                                   -------------
 
                                                                                           Pro Forma         Pro Forma
                                                           DFG         ICL     Calgary   Adjustments(a)      Combined
                                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>      <C>       <C>                 <C>
  Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                             $ 61,979      $1,040    $1,698                        $ 64,717
  Accounts receivable                                     12,462       4,528        17                          17,007
  Property and equipment, net                              8,841         756        54                           9,651
  Intangible assets                                       95,930           0         0       $13,172           109,102
  Prepaid expenses and other assets                        6,619           2         3                           6,624
                                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------
       Total assets                                     $185,831      $6,326    $1,772       $13,172          $207,101
                                                   ===================================================================
 
 
  Liabilities and shareholder's equity
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                 $ 23,324      $2,716    $   75                        $ 26,115
  Revolving credit facilities                             18,500           0         0                          18,500
  Long-term debt                                         112,656       1,485         0       $16,994           131,135
  Shareholder's equity                                    31,351       2,125     1,697        (3,822)           31,351
                                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------
       Total liabilities and shareholder's equity       $185,831      $6,326    $1,772       $13,172          $207,101
                                                   ===================================================================
</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
                          DOLLAR FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
              UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                            YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Historical(b)
                                         -------------
                                                                                Adjustments              Pro Forma
                                                                                    for                      as
                                                 DFG         ICL     Calgary   Acquisitions               Adjusted
                                         --------------------------------------------------        ---------------
 
<S>                                         <C>             <C>      <C>       <C>            <C>        <C>
Revenues                                      $111,185      $4,801    $1,936          ($442) (d),(j)      $117,480
 
Store and regional expenses:
    Salaries and benefits                       33,670         733       303            (36) (d)            34,670
    Occupancy                                    9,656         293       104                                10,053
    Depreciation                                 2,018          94        14                                 2,126
    Other                                       24,002       1,148       225            (25) (d)            25,350
                                         --------------------------------------------------        ---------------
Total store and regional expenses               69,346       2,268       646            (61)                72,199
Corporate expenses                              12,462         642        85           (167) (e)            13,022
Loss on store closings and sales                    45           0         0                                    45
Other depreciation and amortization              4,776          40         0            439  (f)             5,255
Interest expense                                12,945          86         0          1,849  (g)            14,880
Writedown of goodwill                           12,870           0         0                                12,870
                                         --------------------------------------------------        ---------------
(Loss) income before income taxes               (1,259)      1,765     1,205         (2,502)                  (791)
Income tax provision                             5,538         550         0            124  (h)             6,212
                                         --------------------------------------------------        ---------------
Net (loss) income                              ($6,797)     $1,215    $1,205        ($2,626)               ($7,003)
                                         ==================================================        ===============
 
Pro forma adjusted EBITDA (i)                                                                             $ 34,518
                                                                                                   ===============
</TABLE>

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
                          DOLLAR FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                    INTERIM UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                 (In thousands)
                                        


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Historical(c)
                                               -------------
                                                                                      Adjustments              Pro Forma
                                                                                          for                      as
                                                       DFG         ICL     Calgary   Acquisitions               Adjusted
                                               --------------------------------------------------        ---------------
 
<S>                                               <C>             <C>      <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>
Revenues                                            $ 56,020      $3,320    $1,100          ($266) (d),(j)      $ 60,174
 
Store and regional expenses:
    Salaries and benefits                             17,026         469       171            (15) (d)            17,651
    Occupancy                                          4,662         226        59                                 4,947
    Depreciation                                       1,005          94         8                                 1,107
    Other                                             11,844         874       133            (13) (d)            12,838
                                               --------------------------------------------------        ---------------
Total store and regional expenses                     34,537       1,663       371            (28)                36,543
Corporate expenses                                     6,346         459        42            (97) (e)             6,750
Loss on store closings and sales                          50           0         0                                    50
Other depreciation and amortization                    2,823          30         0            219  (f)             3,072
Recapitalization costs                                 2,551           0         0                                 2,551
Non-cash compensation                                 10,024           0         0                                10,024
Interest expense                                       6,498          84         0            925  (g)             7,507
                                               --------------------------------------------------        ---------------
(Loss) income before income taxes and
   extraordinary item                                 (6,809)      1,084       687         (1,285)                (6,323)
Income tax (benefit) provision                          (363)        438         0            124  (h)               199
                                               --------------------------------------------------        ---------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item               (6,446)        646       687         (1,409)                (6,522)
Extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment
   (net of income tax benefit of $45)                     85           0         0                                    85
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net (loss) income                                    ($6,531)     $  646    $  687        ($1,409)               ($6,607)
                                               =========================================================================
 
Pro forma adjusted EBITDA (i)                                                                                   $ 18,157
                                                                                                         ===============
</TABLE>

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED

                            PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

                                        

Acquisitions

     The acquisition of ICL for $11.4 million was funded solely with the
issuance of the Company's 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006. The
acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.

     The acquisition of Calgary for $5.6 million was also funded solely with the
issuance of the Company's 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 and was
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.

     The proforma results of operations adjustments for the year ended June 30,
1998 and for the six months ended December 31, 1998 are those necessary to
reflect the Company's net income as if the Acquisitions had taken place as of
the beginning of the periods presented.

     The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and upon
certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. The unaudited pro
forma financial statement data are provided for informational purposes only and
are not necessarily indicative of the Company's results of operations that would
actually have been obtained had such acquisitions been completed as of the
beginning of the periods presented, or that may be obtained in the future.

Notes

(a)  Represents the recording of assets and liabilities of ICL and Calgary under
     the purchase method of accounting as though the acquisition had occurred on
     December 31, 1998.  These amounts include recording the excess of cost over
     the fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill).

(b)  Represents the historical consolidated statement of operations of the
     Company for the twelve months ended June 30, 1998.

(c)  Represents the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company
     as of and for the six months ended December 31, 1998.

(d)  Represents the revenues of the pawn brokering segment of ICL, (which was
     not purchased by the Company) of $226,000 and $78,000 for the year ended
     June 30, 1998 and the six months ended December 31, 1998, respectively.
     Also, reflects the salaries and benefits and other expenses of the pawn
     brokering segment of ICL of $36,000 and $25,000 for the year ended June 30,
     1998 and $15,000 and $13,000 for the six months ended December 31, 1998,
     respectively.

(e)  Reflects the management fees paid to former officers for ICL and Calgary of
     $82,000 and $85,000, respectively for the year ended June 30, 1998 and
     $58,000 and $39,000, respectively for the six months ended December 31,
     1998.

(f)  Reflects an increase in amortization expense in excess of historical
     amounts as a result of the aggregate excess of the purchase price over the
     fair value of identifiable net assets, or goodwill, of approximately $13.2
     million, amortized using the straight line method over a useful life of
     thirty years, resulting in additional amortization of $439,000 and $219,000
     for the year ended June 30, 1998 and the six months ended December 31,
     1998, respectively.

(g)  Reflects an adjustment for interest expense of $1,849,000 and $925,000 for
     the year ended June 30, 1998 and the six months ended December 31, 1998,
     respectively, through the issuance of the Company's 10 7/8% Senior
     Subordinated Notes Due 2006.

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
(h)  Represents the income tax impact of the Acquisitions as if the acquired
     companies were wholly owned by the Company for the year ended June 30, 1998
     and for the six months ended December 31, 1998, based on the Company's
     estimated tax rate of 34%, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments
     including the non-deductible amortization of intangible assets (goodwill).
     The pro forma adjustment is less than the statutory rate of 34% due to non
     deductible amortization of intangible assets, interest expense from the
     issuance of the Company's 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006, and a
     provision for income taxes on the historical results of Calgary which was
     previously elected to be taxed as a partnership, for which no income taxes
     were provided in Calgary's historical statement of retained earnings.

(i)  Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation,
     amortization, noncash charges, recapitalization costs and loss on store
     closings and sales.  Adjusted EBITDA does not represent cash flows as
     defined by generally accepted accounting principles and does not
     necessarily indicate that cash flows are sufficient to fund all of the
     Company's cash needs.  Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in
     isolation or as a substitute for net income (loss), cash flows from
     operating activities, or other measures of liquidity determined in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The Adjusted
     EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues.
     Management believes that these ratios should be reviewed by prospective
     investors because the Company uses them as one means of analyzing its
     ability to service its debt, the Company's lenders use them for the purpose
     of analyzing the Company's performance with respect to the Company's new
     revolving credit facility and the Indenture, and the Company understands
     that they are used by certain investors as one measure of a company's
     historical ability to service its debt.  Not all companies calculate EBITDA
     in the same fashion and therefore these ratios as presented may not be
     comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

(j)  Increase in returned items from post-dated checks due to the elimination of
     the use of check guarantee cards. During the year ended June 30, 1998 and
     the six months ended December 31, 1998, ICL was protected from returned
     items for any check under (Pounds)1,500 by the issuing bank when a check
     guarantee identification was presented. This protection was subsequently
     eliminated and the charge, had this change been effective as of the
     beginning of the periods presented, is approximately $216,000 and $188,000
     for the year ended June 30, 1998 and the six months ended December 31,
     1998, respectively.

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
                                 Exhibit Index
                                 -------------
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

     Exhibit
     Number     Description
     ------     -----------
      <S>      <C> 
      10.24     Agreement for the sale and purchase of shares of Instant Cash
                Loans, LTD. dated February 10, 1999 with Dollar Financial Group,
                Inc., DFG Acquisition, LTD., Henry Hallam, Rachel Hallam and
                shareholders signatory thereto.

      10.25     Purchase Agreement dated February 17, 1999 by and among national
                Money Mart Company (a subsidiary of Dollar Financial Group,
                Inc.), King Mortgage LTD. And Denis Willner to purchase the
                remaining 86.5% partnership interest in Calgary Money Mart
                Partnership.
</TABLE> 

                                       45

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.24



                       DATED               February 1999
                       ---------------------------------
                                        



                         (1) RACHEL HALLAM AND OTHERS



                               (2) HENRY HALLAM



                          (3) DFG ACQUISITION LIMITED



                       (4) DOLLAR FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.



                 ____________________________________________


                                   AGREEMENT
                                   ---------
                    for the sale and purchase of shares in
                          INSTANT CASH LOANS LIMITED
                                        
                 ____________________________________________



                               Ref: C45/D500-001
                         Date: 10 February 1999 (v.3)
<PAGE>
 
CONTENTS
- --------
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Clause  Heading
- ------  -------
<S>     <C>                            
1        Definitions and Interpretations        
2        Sale and purchase of the Shares        
3        Consideration                          
4        Completion                             
5        Warranties                             
6        Breach of Warranty                     
7        Undertakings by the Warrantors         
8        Restrictions on the Warrantors         
9        Guarantee                              
10       Nature of obligations                 
11       Announcements                         
12       General                               
13       Communications                        
14       Proper Law                                   

Schedule  Description
- --------  -----------

1        Details of the Vendors
2        Particulars of the Company
3        The Properties
4        Warranties
5        Tax Deed
6        Payment of the Subsequent Consideration
7        Vendor Limitations
        
Appendix  Description
- --------  -----------
        
A        The Accounts
B        Management Accounts
         
Documents in the Agreed Form
- ----------------------------
      
         Disclosure Letter
         Directors' Letter of Resignation
         Auditors' resignation
         Letters of release from Vendors
         Mr Hallam's service agreement
         Power of attorney
         First and Subsequent Loan Notes
         Bank Guarantee
         Rachael Hallam's Loan Note
      
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
THIS AGREEMENT is made on    February 1999 BETWEEN:-
- --------------                             -------  

(1)       The persons whose names and addresses are set out in the first
          schedule ("Vendors"); and
                    ---------      
(2)       HENRY HALLAM of Nuthall Lodge, 29 Nottingham Road, Nottingham, NG16
          1DH ("Mr Hallam");
              ------------- 
(3)       DFG ACQUISITION LIMITED a company registered in England under No.
          3701758 whose registered office is at c/o Ernst & Young, Rolls House,
          7 Rolls Building, Fetter Lane, London EC4A 1NH ("Purchaser"); and
                                                          -----------      
(4)       DOLLAR FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. a company registered in the U.S.A. of
          Daylesford Plaza, Suite 210, 1436 Lancaster Avenue, Berwyn, PA 19312,
          U.S.A. ("Guarantor").
                  -----------  
1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
- ----------------------------------------
1.1  In this agreement unless the context otherwise requires:-

     "Accounts" means the audited balance sheet as at the Balance Sheet Date and
     ----------                                                                 
     the audited profit and loss account for the period ended on the Balance
     Sheet Date of the Company together with the notes and directors' reports
     and other documents annexed to them; (and for the purposes of
     identification only copies of the Accounts have been signed by or on behalf
     of the parties to this agreement and are annexed as appendix "A");

     "Agreed Form" means in a form agreed by  and signed by or on behalf of the
     -------------                                                             
     parties to this agreement;

     "Associate" means any person with whom any of the Warrantors may be
     -----------                                                        
     connected within the meaning of section 839 of the Taxes Act or for
     whom any of them may be a personal representative;

     "Auditors" means the auditors for the time being of the Company;
     ----------                                                      

     "Balance Sheet Date" means 31 July 1998;
     --------------------                    
     "Bank" means the National Westminster Bank plc;
     ------                                         
     "Bank Guarantee" means the guarantee in the Agreed Form from the Bank to
     ----------------                                                        
     the Vendors guaranteeing payment of the First Loan Notes and the
     Subsequent Loan Notes;

     "business day" means a day on which banks generally are open in the City of
     --------------                                                             
     London for the transaction of normal banking business;
<PAGE>
 
     "Companies Act" means the Companies Act 1985 (as amended or re-enacted by
     ---------------                                                          
     the Companies Act 1989);

     "Company" means Instant Cash Loans Limited, details of which are set out in
     ---------                                                                  
     the second schedule;

     "Completion" means the date upon which completion of the sale and purchase
     ------------                                                              
     of the Shares takes (or should take) place pursuant to this agreement
     or (as the case may be) the date of actual completion of the sale and
     purchase of the Shares;

     "Consideration" means the aggregate consideration for the Shares as
     ---------------                                                    
     referred to in clause 3 and the sixth schedule and "Initial
                                                        --------
     Consideration" means the aggregate consideration for the Shares as
     --------------                                                    
     referred to in clause 3.2.1; "Subsequent Consideration" shall bear the
                                  ---------------------------              
     meaning given to it in clause 3 and the sixth schedule;

     "Contribution Agreement" means the Contribution Agreement of even date
     ------------------------                                              
     between the Warrantors;

     "Customer's Cheque" means a cheque drawn by the Company's customer in
     -------------------                                                  
     favour of the Company;

     "Disclosure Letter" means the letter in the Agreed Form from the Warrantors
     -------------------                                                        
     to the Purchaser dated as at the date of this agreement;

     "EBITDA" means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and
     --------                                                         
     amortisation;

     "Earn Out Period" shall have the meaning given to it by the sixth schedule;
     -----------------                                                          
     "event" includes any act, omission, transaction or circumstance (including
     -------                                                                   
     any of such matters provided for under this agreement);

     "First Loan Notes" means the loan notes in the Agreed Form to be issued by
     ------------------                                                        
     the Purchaser to the Vendors credited as fully paid for the Initial
     Consideration;

     "First Party Cheque Cashing" means the payment by the Company to its
     ----------------------------                                        
     customer of an amount equal to the par value of a post dated
     Customer's Cheque (less an amount on account of the Company's fees);

     "Interest" means 2 percentage points above the base rate from time to time
     ----------                                                                
     of the Bank;
<PAGE>
 
     "Management Accounts" means the management accounts of the Company for the
     ---------------------                                                     
     period from the Balance Sheet Date to 31 December 1998 (and for the
     purposes of identification only, copies of the Management Accounts
     have been signed by and on behalf of the parties to this agreement and
     are annexed as Appendix "B");

     "Pawn Broking Agreement" means the deed of even date between the Company
     ------------------------                                                
     and Rachel Djadi-Hallam assigning various pawn broking and other
     agreements to Rachel Djadi-Hallam;

     "Pre-Sale Dividends" a dividend of approximately (Pounds)750,000 net of ACT
     --------------------                                                       
     which was declared by the Company's directors in favour of Rachel
     Djadi-Hallam on the date of this agreement to be satisfied by the
     transfer of certain agreements pursuant to an agreement annexed to the
     Disclosure Letter;

     "Properties" means the properties briefly described in the Property
     ------------                                                       
     Schedule or any one or more of them or any part of or interest in any
     of such properties;

     "Property Schedule" means the third schedule;
     -------------------                          
     "Purchaser's Solicitors" means Titmuss Sainer Dechert of 2 Serjeants' Inn,
     ------------------------                                                  
     London EC4Y 1LT;

     "Revenue" means all fiscal authorities (national or local) whether of the
     ---------                                                                
     United Kingdom or elsewhere;

     "Salary" means any accrued outstanding salary which may be due to Mr Hallam
     --------                                                                   
     by the Company as at Completion and is to be waived pursuant to clause
     7.7;

     "Shares" means the whole of the  issued and allotted share capital of the
     --------                                                                 
     Company at Completion;

     "Subsequent Loan Notes" means loan notes in the Agreed Form to be issued by
     -----------------------                                                    
     the Purchaser to the Vendors credited as fully paid in accordance with
     the sixth schedule;

     "Taxation" includes all forms of taxation, duties (including stamp duty),
     ----------                                                               
     levies, imposts, charges, withholdings, national insurance and other
     contributions and PAYE liabilities (including in all cases any
     penalty, fine, interest or surcharge in respect of the same) whenever
     created or imposed and whether of the United Kingdom or elsewhere;
<PAGE>
 
     "Tax Deed" means a deed in the form  set out in the fifth schedule duly
     ----------                                                             
     executed by the Covenantors referred to in it;

     "Taxes Act" means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;
     -----------                                                 
     "Third Party Cheque Cashing" means the payment by the Company to its
     ----------------------------                                        
     customer of an amount equal to the par value of a Third Party Cheque
     (less an amount on account of the Company's fees); and a "Third Party
                                                               ------------
     Cheque" means a cheque drawn by a third party in favour of the
     -------                                                       
     Company's customer (and not in favour of any other person or drawn by
     the customer in favour of the Company);

     "Vendors' Loan Notes" means the loan notes entered into between the Company
     ---------------------                                                      
     and each of the Vendors dated 7 March 1996;

     "Vendors' Solicitors" means Browne Jacobson of 44 Castle Gate, Nottingham,
     ---------------------                                                     
     NG1 7BJ;

     "Warranties" means the representations, warranties and undertakings on the
     ------------                                                              
     part of the Warrantors contained in the fourth schedule and which are
     made by the Warrantors pursuant to clause 5; and

     "Warrantors" means the Vendors and Mr Hallam and any one or more of them.
     ------------                                                             
1.2    In this agreement unless the context otherwise requires:-

1.2.1  any reference to a clause, schedule or appendix (other than to a schedule
       to a statutory provision) is a reference to a clause of or schedule or
       appendix to this agreement; and the schedules and appendices form part
       of and are deemed to be incorporated in and in references to this
       agreement;

1.2.2  any reference to a statute or statutory provision includes a reference to
       that provision as amended, re-enacted or replaced and any regulations
       or orders made under such provisions from time to time whether before
       or after the date of this agreement and any former statutory provision
       replaced (with or without modification) by the provision referred to
       except to the extent that any amendment, re-enactment or replacement
       coming into force after the date of this agreement would increase or
       extend the liability of the parties to one another;
<PAGE>
 
1.2.3  any reference to persons includes a reference to firms, corporations or
       unincorporated associations;

1.2.4  any reference to the singular includes a reference to the plural and vice
       versa; and any reference to the masculine includes a reference to the
       feminine and vice versa;

1.2.5  a reference to an SSAP is a reference to a Statement of Standard
       Accounting Practice which has been adopted as an accounting standard
       by the Accounting Standards Board;

1.2.6  any agreement, warranty, representation, indemnity, covenant or
       undertaking on the part of two or more persons shall be deemed to be
       given or made by such persons jointly and severally save for
       Warranties 1.1.1 to 1.1.2.7.2 which are given severally only by each
       Warrantor in respect of himself or herself and in respect of no other
       Warrantor and Warranty 7.5 which shall be given solely by Rachel
       Djadi-Hallam and Henry Hallam, jointly and severally; and

1.2.7  words and expressions defined in the Companies Act bear the same
       respective meanings.

1.3    Headings and titles are used for ease of reference only and do not affect
       the interpretation of this agreement.

1.4    Any matter which shall be relevant to any of the Warranties and which be
       known to at least one of the Warrantors, shall be deemed to be known
       by the other Warrantors as well.

1.5    If any statement is qualified by the expression "to the best of the
                                                      -------------- ---
       Warrantors' knowledge information and belief" or "so far as the
       ---------------------------------------------    --------------
       Warrantors are aware" or any similar expression, that expression shall
       ---------------------                                                 
       be deemed to include a warranty by the makers thereof that the
       statement has been made by them after due and careful enquiry, save
       that the Warrantors shall not be required to make any enquiry of any
       past or present customer of the Company, and the Warrantors shall in
       particular be deemed to have knowledge of anything of which the
       following persons, viz the Auditors (in relation to Warranties 3 and
       8), Swiftscan Limited (in relation to Warranties 5.4 and 5.5) and the
       Vendor's Solicitors ought reasonably to have knowledge given their
       particular position in and responsibilities to the Vendors and the
       Company.
<PAGE>
 
2         SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SHARES
- -----------------------------------------
2.1       The Vendors shall sell the Shares to the Purchaser and the Purchaser,
          relying on the Warranties and the other obligations of the Warrantors
          under this agreement, shall purchase the Shares.

2.2       The Vendors shall sell the Shares with full title guarantee free from
          all liens, charges, encumbrances and adverse claims (and whether or
          not the Vendors know or could reasonably be expected to know about
          such matters) together with all rights now or hereafter attaching to
          them including all dividends declared or payable or distributions made
          or proposed on or after the Balance Sheet Date (other than the Pre-
          Sale Dividends).

2.3       The Vendors irrevocably and unconditionally waive (and shall procure
          such a waiver by their nominee(s) of) all rights of pre-emption or
          other restrictions on transfer which they or such nominee(s) may have,
          whether under the Articles of Association of the Company or otherwise,
          in respect of the transfer to the Purchaser or its nominee(s) of the
          Shares or any of them and shall execute and deliver (or procure the
          execution and delivery of) all such deeds of waiver in respect thereof
          as the Purchaser may require.

2.4       The Purchaser shall not be obliged to complete the purchase of some
          only of the Shares unless the purchase of all the Shares is completed
          simultaneously in accordance with the provisions of this agreement.

3         CONSIDERATION
- -----------------------
3.1       The aggregate consideration payable for the Shares shall be the
          Initial Consideration (described in clause 3.2) and the Subsequent
          Consideration (which shall be determined and satisfied in accordance
          with the sixth schedule subject to a maximum of (Pounds)2,000,000).

3.2       The Initial Consideration shall be the sum of (Pounds)6,020,000 which
          shall be satisfied by the issue at Completion to the Vendors of the
          First Loan Notes (accompanied by a Bank Guarantee in respect thereof
          duly executed by the Bank).

3.3       The Initial Consideration and the Subsequent Consideration shall be
          apportioned between the various Vendors in accordance with the first
          schedule.
<PAGE>
 
3.4       Mr Hallam has agreed to become a party to this agreement and to
          undertake the obligations imposed on him pursuant to it in
          consideration of:

3.4.1     the Purchaser and the Guarantor agreeing to become a party to this
          agreement at Mr Hallam's request;

3.4.2     the Purchaser undertaking to procure that the Company will enter into
          a service agreement in the Agreed Form with Mr Hallam at Completion;
          and

3.4.3     the payment to Mr Hallam of the sum of (Pounds)1 by the Purchaser,
          (the receipt of which he acknowledges).

4         COMPLETION
- --------------------
4.1       Completion shall take place at the offices of the Purchaser's
          Solicitors immediately after the exchange of this agreement when the
          parties shall comply with their respective obligations as set out in
          this clause.

4.2       The Warrantors shall deliver to the Purchaser or (at the option of the
          Purchaser) to its nominee(s):-

4.2.1     duly executed share transfers in respect of the Shares in favour of
          the Purchaser or as it may direct, together with the relevant share
          certificates or other documents of title and any power of attorney or
          other authority under which such transfers have been executed and an
          indemnity in such form as the Purchaser shall require in relation to
          any missing certificates;

4.2.2     written resignations and releases executed as deeds in the Agreed Form
          from all persons (other than any directors or secretaries remaining at
          the request of the Purchaser or appointed at the instance of the
          Purchaser) who, on or immediately prior to Completion, may be
          directors or secretaries of the Company, resigning their offices and
          releasing the Company from all claims and rights of action existing at
          the date of this agreement whether by way of compensation,
          remuneration, redundancy payments or otherwise;

4.2.3     the unqualified resignation with effect from Completion of the present
          Auditors as auditors of the Company by notice in accordance with
          section 392 of the Companies Act which shall contain a statement in
          accordance with section 394 of the Companies Act together with
          confirmation that they have no claims against the Company for unpaid
          fees or expenses;
<PAGE>
 
4.2.4     the common seal, the certificate of incorporation and copies of the
          Memorandum and Articles of Association (containing copies of all such
          resolutions and agreements as are referred to in section 380 of the
          Companies Act) of the Company and the registers and books required by
          the Companies Act to be kept by it all of which shall be written up to
          date as at Completion;

4.2.5     all deeds and documents of title relating to the Properties (including
          all insurance policies, premium receipts, maintenance contracts and
          other documents relating to the Properties in the Company's possession
          or under its control) and certified copies of any documents being held
          by mortgagees;

4.2.6     a letter from the Warrantors specifying the whereabouts of any other
          documents, books and records of the Company which shall not be held at
                                                                  ---           
          the Properties and directing the holders of them to deliver them up to
          the Purchaser's authorised representatives immediately upon request;

4.2.7     certificates or statements from each of the banks at which the Company
          maintain accounts of the amounts standing to the credit or debit of
          such accounts at the close of business on the second business day
          preceding Completion together with a list of all unpresented cheques
          and uncleared lodgements which upon presentation or clearance would be
          debited or credited to such accounts;

4.2.8     letters of release executed as deeds and such other evidence as the
          Purchaser may require of the irrevocable and unconditional release and
          discharge of the Company from all liabilities or obligations pursuant
          to any bonds, guarantees, indemnities, securities or obligations given
          or entered into by the Company to or in favour of any person in
          respect of any liabilities or obligations of the Warrantors;

4.2.9     a service agreement in the Agreed Form between the Company and Mr
          Hallam signed by him;

4.2.10    powers of attorney in the Agreed Form in relation to the Shares duly
          executed by each Vendor;

4.2.11    the Tax Deed;

4.2.12    confirmation that the shareholders agreement dated 7 March 1996
          between the Warrantors has been terminated and that the debenture
          securing the Vendor's 
<PAGE>
 
          Loan Notes has been released;;
4.2.13    a copy of the Accounts in the Agreed Form signed by the Auditors; and

4.2.14    if required by the Purchaser, evidence to the satisfaction of the
          Purchaser that any person executing this agreement or any document to
          be executed pursuant to it has authority to do so.
4.3       The Warrantors shall on the Completion Date:-

4.3.1     procure that none of them or any of their Associates has any claims or
          rights of action against the Company and that none of them or any of
          their Associates is in any way obligated or indebted to the Company;
          and

4.3.2     deliver to the Purchaser's Solicitors letters executed as deeds in the
          Agreed Form confirming that they have complied with clause 4.3.1, and
          irrevocably and unconditionally releasing the Company from all
          obligations and liabilities as contemplated by clause 4.3.1.

4.4       The Warrantors shall procure that a Board Meeting of the Company will
          be held which will transact the following business:-

4.4.1     (subject only to them being stamped) the approval of the transfer of
          shares referred to in clause 4.2.1 and the Purchaser and/or its
          nominee(s) being entered in the Register of Members as the holders of
          the shares specified in those transfers;

4.4.2     the appointment of such persons as the Purchaser may nominate as
          directors and secretary of the Company;

4.4.3     the acceptance of the various resignations of officers and auditors
          referred to in this clause;

4.4.4     the appointment of such firm of chartered accountants as the Purchaser
          may require as auditors to the Company;

4.4.5     the change of the registered office, the accounting reference date and
          the bank mandates of the Company in accordance with the Purchaser's
          requirements;
4.4.6     such other business as the Purchaser may reasonably require.

4.5       Subject to the conclusion of the matters referred to in the previous
          provisions of this clause the Purchaser shall deliver to the Vendors'
          Solicitors:-

4.5.1.1   a counterpart Tax Deed duly executed by the Purchaser;
<PAGE>
 
4.5.1.2   letters of release of the irrevocable and unconditional release and
          discharge of the Warrantors from all liabilities and obligations
          pursuant to the following guarantees and mortgages given by them in
          relation to the Company:-

4.5.1.3   an unlimited guarantee dated 22 March 1995 and given by Mr Hallam in
          favour of the Bank;

4.5.1.4   a legal mortgage over the property at 241 Main Street Bulwell dated 11
          May 1995 given by Rachel Djadi-Hallam to the Bank;

4.5.1.5   a deed of postponement dated 22 March 1995 and given by Mr Hallam in
          favour of the Bank;

4.5.1.6   a second legal mortgage over 29 Nottingham Road, Nottingham dated 29
          September 1995 and given by Rachel Djadi-Hallam in favour of the Bank;

4.5.1.7   the First Loan Notes; and

4.5.1.8   the Bank Guarantee executed by the Bank in respect of the First Loan
          Notes.

4.5.2     if required by the Vendor, evidence to the satisfaction of the Vendor
          that any person executing this agreement or any document to be
          executed pursuant to it has authority to do so.

4.6       The Purchaser shall deliver to Mr Hallam a counterpart of the service
          agreement in the Agreed Form to be entered into by the Company with Mr
          Hallam duly signed on behalf of the Company.

4.7       The Vendors confirm that the Vendors' Solicitors may receive (and give
          a good receipt for) the Initial Consideration (and all documents
          expressed to be delivered to them at Completion) as agent for the
          Vendors and the Purchaser shall not be concerned with the basis upon
          which the Initial Consideration (or such documents) shall be
          distributed between the various Vendors by the Vendors' Solicitors.

5         WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS
- ----------------------------------------
5.1       The Warrantors represent and warrant to and undertake with the
          Purchaser that, save only as and to the extent fairly disclosed to the
          Purchaser in this agreement or in the Disclosure Letter, each of the
          Warranties:-
5.1.1     is now and will be at Completion true and accurate; and

5.1.2     is not to be affected or limited by any previous or other disclosures,
          express or implied, to the Purchaser, its officers, representatives or
          professional advisers.
<PAGE>
 
5.2       The Warrantors acknowledge that they have previously made
          representations to the Purchaser and the Guarantor in the terms of the
          Warranties with the intention of inducing the Purchaser and the
          Guarantor to enter into this agreement; and the Purchaser and the
          Guarantor confirm and the Vendors the Warrantors acknowledge that the
          Purchaser and the Guarantor have relied on those representations and
          have accordingly been induced by the Warrantors to enter into this
          agreement.

5.3       Each of the Warranties, covenants, indemnities and undertakings set
          out in this agreement or the Tax Deed is separate and independent.

5.4       The Warrantors agree with the Purchaser for itself and as trustee for
          the Company and each of their respective officers and employees to
          irrevocably and unconditionally waive any rights remedies or claims
          which they may have in respect of any misrepresentation in or omission
          from any information or advice supplied or given by the Company or its
          respective officers, employees and on which they have relied in giving
          the Warranties, unless such misrepresentation or omission was made
          fraudulently in preparing the Disclosure Letter or in agreeing to give
          the Tax Deed or unless such rights, remedies and claims arise under
          the Contribution Agreement of even date made between the Warrantors.

6         BREACH OF WARRANTY
- ----------------------------
6.1       Without restricting the rights or the ability of the Purchaser to
          claim damages on any basis (but subject always to the provisions of
          the seventh schedule) if it shall be found that any matter which is
          the subject of any of the Warranties is not as represented, warranted
          or undertaken and the Purchaser or the Company has suffered a loss as
          a consequence then, if the Purchaser shall so elect by notice in
          writing to them, the Warrantors shall on demand pay to the Purchaser:-

6.1.1     a sum equal to the amount by which the value (or amount) at Completion
          of any asset or liability of the Company (computed for this purpose on
          the basis that proper provision was made in accordance with the
          criteria specified in paragraph 3.1 of the fourth schedule, for the
          facts and circumstances in relation to which such breach arose) was
          less or, in the case of a liability, 
<PAGE>
 
          greater than the value (or amount) at Completion of such asset or
          liability (computed for this purpose on the assumption that the facts
          and circumstances had been such as to involve no such breach); or if
          the Purchaser so elects

6.1.2     a sum equal to the amount by which the value of the Shares shall be
          less than it would have been if any such Warranty had been true and
          accurate; and in calculating such sum the parties to this agreement
          acknowledge that the Consideration was determined by reference to the
          EBITDA of the Company for the year ending on the Balance Sheet Date
          multiplied by 4.5 and in calculating damages in the event of a breach
          of Warranty which arises from circumstances which if they were to
          continue would affect the future profitability of the Company
          pursuant to a claim made on the basis of this clause 6.1.2 the
          Warrantors acknowledge that it would be reasonable to apply such a
          formula; and (in either case)

6.1.3     all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Company and/or the
          Purchaser as a result of such breach.

7         UNDERTAKINGS BY THE WARRANTORS
- ----------------------------------------
7.1       The Warrantors undertake to the Purchaser that as soon as possible
          following Completion they will procure the execution of any document
          which the Purchaser may reasonably require them to have executed so as
          to vest effectively the beneficial and legal ownership of the Shares
          in the Purchaser or as it may direct free from all liens, charges,
          encumbrances and adverse claims and otherwise to give effect to the
          terms of this agreement.

7.2       The Warrantors shall indemnify the Company against all claims which
          may be made against it by any person whose resignation from office or
          relinquishment of rights the Warrantors may be obliged to procure in
          order to comply with this agreement where such claims arise by reason
          of the resignation or removal from office or termination of employment
          of such person and against all reasonable costs incurred by it which
          are incidental to any such claim.

7.3       The Vendors undertake with the Purchaser that, if and for so long as
          they remain the registered holders of any of the Shares after
          Completion, they will hold the Shares and the dividends and other
          distributions of profits (other than the Pre-Sale Dividend) or surplus
          or other assets in respect of such Shares and
<PAGE>
 
          all rights arising out of or in connection with them in trust for the
          Purchaser and will at all times after Completion deal with and dispose
          of such Shares, dividends, distributions and rights as the Purchaser
          shall direct and (if so requested by the Purchaser) execute all
          instruments of proxy or other documents which may be necessary or
          proper to enable the Purchaser to attend and vote at any meeting of
          the Company.

7.4       The Warrantors undertake to the Purchaser that they shall pay to the
          Purchaser forthwith on demand an amount equal to any fines or other
          financial penalties imposed on the Company or its officers at any time
          in the future in relation to any contravention of the Consumer Credit
          Act 1974 or the Data Protection Act 1984 by reason of any act or
          omission which shall have been committed on or prior to the date of
          this agreement together with an amount equal to all costs, charges,
          expenses, liabilities and losses which the Company or its officers
          shall incur in connection with defending any proceedings which shall
          be brought against it (or them) in relation to such matters (and for
          the avoidance of doubt the Warrantors shall not be liable for loss of
          future profits or goodwill).

7.5       The Warrantors undertake to the Purchaser that they shall pay to the
          Purchaser forthwith on demand an amount equal to the Excess Returns;
          and for this purpose "Excess Returns" means the amount (if any) by
                               ----------------                             
          which:-

7.5.1     the par value of the Customer Cheques and Third Party Cheques encashed
          by the Company prior to the date hereof which shall be returned unpaid
          by the paying bank to the presenting bank during the one month
          following Completion (irrespective of when the relevant cheques were
          encashed by the Company) shall exceed;

7.5.2     0.21% of the par value of the Customer Cheques and Third Party Cheques
          encashed by the Company during the same period.

7.6       Provided that:-

7.6.1     the liability of each Warrantor under clauses 7.4 and 7.5 (together
          with the liability under the Warranties and the Tax Deed) shall not
          exceed the amount of the Consideration received or receivable by each
          Warrantor pursuant to this agreement, (save that Mr Hallam and Rachel
          Djadi-Hallam's
<PAGE>
 
          liability shall be limited to the amount of the Consideration received
          or receivable by Rachel Djadi-Hallam pursuant to this agreement);

7.6.2     where the Warrantors have settled in full a claim under clauses 7.4
          and 7.5 and the Purchaser or the Company or their respective
          successors or assigns (as the case may be) is entitled to recover any
          sum ("the Recoverable Sum") from some other person, firm or company in
                -------------------             
          respect of the matter giving rise to that claim, the Purchaser shall
          procure that it or the Company (as the case may be) at the Warrantors'
          cost and subject to being indemnified and secured by the Warrantors to
          the reasonable satisfaction of the Purchaser against all losses,.
          liabilities, costs and expenses thereby incurred, shall pursue a claim
          for the Recoverable Sum, provided that in the reasonable opinion of
          the Purchaser no such claim shall harm the goodwill or the
          profitability of the Company, the Purchaser, or any company which
          shall be a subsidiary or a holding company of either the Purchaser or
          the Company. The Purchaser shall account to the Warrantors for any
          amount so recovered after having deducted any costs or expenses
          incurred by the Purchaser (and not exceeding any amount paid by the
          Warrantors under this clause 7.6 but including any expenses borne by
          the Warrantors);

7.6.3     the amount or amounts paid by the Warrantors under clauses 7.4 and 7.5
          shall be deemed to constitute a reduction in the Consideration.

7.7       Mr Hallam undertakes to the Purchaser that the Salary has not been
          paid to him (or anyone else) prior to Completion. Furthermore, Mr
          Hallam unconditionally and irrevocably releases the Company from its
          obligations to pay the Salary.

7.8.1     Each of the Vendors undertakes to the Purchaser that they shall not
          redeem in whole or in part the Vendors' Loan Notes at any time prior
          to the second anniversary of the date of this agreement; and

7.8.1     each of the Vendors unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right
          howsoever arising to interest which has already accrued or which may
          accrue at any time after the date of this agreement pursuant to the
          Vendors' Loan Notes.
<PAGE>
 
7.9       Rachel Djadi-Hallam undertakes to the Purchaser that any liability she
          incurs pursuant to the Pawn Broking Agreement may (if so required) be
          set off in whole or in part against any sum(s) the Purchaser may owe
          her as Subsequent Consideration and the Purchaser will then account to
          the Company for such sum(s).

8         RESTRICTIONS ON THE WARRANTORS
- ----------------------------------------
8.1       In this clause:-

          "Business" means the Company's business of First Party Cheque Cashing
           --------              
          and Third Party Cheque cashing or any part thereof.
          "directly or indirectly" means (without prejudice to the generality of
           ----------------------   
          the expression) either alone or jointly or in partnership with any
          other person, firm or company or (except as the holder for investment
          purposes only of securities in any company not exceeding 5 per cent in
          nominal value of the securities of that class in issue or shares) as
          the holder of any interest in or as an employee director agent or
          representative of or consultant to any other person firm or company;
          and
          "Restriction Period" means the period of 5 years from Completion.
          ------------------                                              
8.2       Each Warrantor severally undertakes to the Purchaser (for itself and
          for the benefit of the Company) that he will not (other than for and
          on behalf of the Company) without the prior written consent of the
          Purchaser directly or indirectly:-

8.2.1     at any time during the Restriction Period, be engaged or concerned or
          interested or participate in or carry on any business which is the
          same as or similar to or in competition with the Business within a
          radius of 5 miles of any of the Properties or within a radius of 5
          miles from any other retail premises from which the Company, the
          Purchaser or any subsidiary of the Company or the Purchaser shall
          carry on the Business at any time during the Earn Out Period;

8.2.2     at any time during the Restriction Period, in relation to a business
          which may in any way be the same as or similar to or in competition
          with the Business, canvass, solicit or entice the custom of or deal
          with to any person who at the date of this agreement or at any time
          during the period of two years prior to 
<PAGE>
 
          Completion has been a customer of or in the habit of dealing with the
          Business; or

8.2.3     at any time during the Restriction Period, in relation to a business
          which may in any way be the same as or similar to or in competition
          with the Business, offer employment to or employ or offer or conclude
          any contract for services with any person who at any time during the
          two years before Completion shall have been a director, employee,
          consultant or agent of the Company entitled to emoluments (including
          commission if any) exceeding the annual rate of (Pounds)10,000; or

8.2.4     at any time during the Restriction Period, knowingly assist any
          competitor of the Company to a material extent in carrying on or
          developing any business which may in any way be the same as or similar
          to or in competition with the Business; or

8.2.5     at any time during the Restriction Period, in relation to a business
          which may in any way be the same as or similar to or in competition
          with the Business, seek to contract with or engage (in such a way as
          to affect the Business adversely) any person who has been contracted
          with or engaged to deliver goods or services to the Company at any
          time during the period of twelve months prior to the date of this
          agreement; or

8.2.6     at any time, solicit or entice or endeavour to entice any employee of
          the Company or the Purchaser away from the Company or the Purchaser,
          as the case may be; or

8.2.7     at any time, entice or endeavour to entice any person to breach his
          contract for services with the Company or the Purchaser;

8.2.8     at any time, (except as required by law) disclose to any person or use
          for his own benefit (or that of any other person) any information or
          know-how of a confidential nature concerning and relating to the
          goodwill of the Company including (without limitation) information and
          know-how as to procedures, techniques, customers, finances, business
          policy and expansion or forward planning programmes which he shall
          have acquired before Completion; or

8.2.9     at any time, falsely represent himself as being connected with or
          interested in the Company; or
<PAGE>
 
8.2.10    at any time, do or say anything likely or calculated to lead any
          person, firm or company to withdraw from or cease to continue offering
          to the Company any rights then enjoyed by it or in any other way to
          cease to do business or reduce the amount of business it transacts
          with any member of the Group; or

8.2.11    at any time carry on a business under the names "Money Shop" or
          "Instant Cash Loans" or any part combination or abbreviation of such
          names or any similar or other names likely to confuse or mislead any
          part of the public.

8.3       For the purpose of assuring to the Purchaser the reasonableness of the
          provisions of sub-clause 8.2 (but for no other purpose) each of
          Warrantors represent and warrant to the Purchaser that so far as they
          are aware at least 75% of the number of the Company's customers for
          whom the Company encashed a cheque during the period of 12 months
          prior to the date of this agreement lived within a radius of 5 miles
          from the Property at which their cheques were encashed at the time
          their cheques were encashed by the Company provided that the Purchaser
          agrees that if this warranty is untrue it shall only make a claim
          against a Warrantor if that Warrantor shall also be in breach of the
          provisions of clause 8.2 above.

8.4       Each of the Warrantors acknowledge and agree with the Purchaser that:-

8.4.1     each of the sub-clauses contained in clause 8.2 constitutes an
          entirely separate severable and independent covenant by and
          restriction on him;

8.4.2     the duration, extent and application of each of the restrictions
          contained in clause 8.2 are no greater than is necessary for the
          protection of the goodwill and trade connections of the Business and
          the value of the Company; and

8.4.3     if any restriction contained in clause 8.2 shall be found void but
          would be valid if some part thereof were deleted such restriction
          shall apply with any such deletion as may be necessary to make it
          valid and effective.

9         GUARANTEE
- -------------------
9.1       In consideration of the Vendors entering into this agreement with the
          Purchaser at the request of the Guarantor (and for other valuable
          consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which the Guarantor
          acknowledges), the Guarantor guarantees to the Vendors the due and
          punctual payment of all monies due by the Purchaser to the Vendors and
          performance of all the 
<PAGE>
 
          Purchaser's other obligations arising under this agreement including
          the repayment of the Vendors' Loan Notes in accordance with clause 7.8
          of this agreement.

9.2       The Guarantor's guarantee ("Guarantee") shall constitute a direct
                                      -----------         
          primary and unconditional liability to:-

9.2.1     pay on demand to the Vendors any sum or sums which the Purchaser may
          become liable to pay; or

9.2.2     perform on demand any obligations of the Purchaser arising under this
          agreement without the need for any claim or recourse on the part of
          the Vendors against the Purchaser; and

9.2.3     to indemnify the Vendors from all reasonable costs and expenses
          arising by reason of any default on the part of the Purchaser.

9.3       The Guarantee shall not be affected by:-

9.3.1     by any time or indulgence granted to the Purchaser by the Vendors or
          any variation, act, omission, deed or matter of whatever description
          whereby the Guarantor as surety only would or might have been
          released;

9.3.2     by any legal limitation, disability or other circumstances (including
          for the avoidance of doubt any winding up or cessation of trade)
          relating to the Purchaser; or

9.3.3     any irregularity, unenforceability or invalidity of any obligations of
          the Purchaser under this agreement.

9.4       The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee and shall remain in
          force until all the Purchaser's obligations under this agreement have
          been performed.

10        NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS
- -------------------------------
10.1      Each of the obligations, representations, warranties, indemnities and
          undertakings entered into or made by or on behalf of any of the
          parties to this agreement (excluding any obligation fully performed at
          Completion) shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding
          Completion taking place.

10.2      The rights and remedies of the Purchaser in respect of a breach of any
          provision of this agreement or pursuant to the Tax Deed shall not be
          affected by Completion or by whether the matters constituting such
          breach or other matters were known or could have been known by the
          Purchaser prior to 
<PAGE>
 
          Completion and no such actual or constructive knowledge shall in any
          way constitute a waiver of any of the Purchaser's rights.

10.3      Subject to the seventh schedule any right or remedy of the Purchaser
          in respect of a breach of any provision of this agreement shall be in
          addition and without prejudice to all other rights and remedies of the
          Purchaser and the exercise or failure to exercise any such right or
          remedy shall not constitute a waiver or by the Purchaser of that or of
          any of its other rights or remedies.

10.4.1    None of the rights or obligations referred to in this agreement may be
          assigned or transferred to any other person without the prior written
          consent of all the parties to this agreement save as provided in
          clause 10.4.2.

10.4.2    This agreement shall be personal to the parties to it and may not be
          assigned by them save that the benefit (but not the burden) of any of
          its provisions may be assigned by the Purchaser to:-

10.4.2.1  any company (an "associated company") which shall be a wholly owned
                          --------------------                               
          subsidiary of the Purchaser or which shall be a holding company of
          100% of the shares of the Purchaser or a wholly owned subsidiary of
          such holding company but only for so long as such company remains an
          associated company of the Purchaser; or

10.4.2.2  the Purchaser's bankers and/or insurers for the time being.

10.5      This agreement shall be binding against and be for the benefit of each
          party's personal representatives or other permitted successors in
          title.

10.6      Any liability of any of the  Warrantors to the Purchaser under this
          agreement or the Tax Deed may in whole or in part be released,
          compounded or compromised or time or indulgence given by the Purchaser
          (in its absolute discretion) as regards any of the Warrantors without
          in any way prejudicing or affecting the Purchaser's  rights against
          any of the others of them in respect of the same or a like liability
          whether joint or several or otherwise.

10.7      If all or any part of this agreement is notifiable under the
          Restrictive Trade Practices Act 1976 ("the Act"), no provision
                                                --------- 
          contained or implied in the agreement which constitutes a restriction
          within the meaning of the Act shall come into effect until the day
          after particulars of this agreement (or a memorandum of it) has (have)
          been delivered to the Office of Fair Trading in 
<PAGE>
 
          accordance with the Act; and for the purposes of this clause,
          "agreement" includes this agreement and any ancillary deed or
         -----------              
          agreement which together with this agreement constitutes a single
          agreement within the meaning of the Act.

11        ANNOUNCEMENTS
- ----------------------
          The parties undertake that none of them shall make any announcement or
          issue any circular to the press or shareholders (otherwise than as
          required by law or in accordance with the requirements of any
          recognised stock exchange concerning the terms and conditions of this
          agreement) without the text of such announcement or circular first
          being approved by the other parties (such approval not to be
          unreasonably withheld or delayed)

12        GENERAL
- -----------------
12.1      Any variation of this agreement shall be binding only if it is
          recorded in a document signed by or on behalf of the parties to this
          agreement.

12.2      Each party shall pay its own costs in relation to the negotiations
          leading up to the sale of the Shares and to the preparation, execution
          and carrying into effect of this agreement and of all the other
          documents referred to in it

13        COMMUNICATIONS
- ------------------------
13.1      All communications between the parties with respect to this agreement
          shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by pre-paid post,
          (first class if inland, airmail if overseas) or facsimile telecopier
                                                                              
          ("fax") to the address of the addressee as set out in clause 13.3, or
          ------                                                               
          to such other address or fax number in England as the addressee may
          from time to time have notified for the purposes of this clause.

13.2      Communications shall be deemed to have been received:-

13.2.1    if delivered by hand, on the day of delivery;

13.2.2    if sent by first class post, two business days after posting exclusive
          of the day of posting (or five business days in the case of a posting
          to an address outside the United Kingdom);

13.2.3    if sent by fax at the time of transmission or, if the time of
          transmission is not during the addressee's normal business hours, at
          9.30 a.m. on the next business day provided that notice is followed by
          service by hand or post;
<PAGE>
 
13.3      Communications to:-

13.3.1    each of the Vendors and Mr Hallam, shall be sent to their respective
          addresses set out in this agreement;

13.3.2    the Purchaser shall be sent to the following address: Dollar Financial
          Group Inc., Daylesford Plaza, Suite 210, 1436 Lancaster Avenue,
          Benwyn, P.A. 19312, U.S.A. Fax No: 001 610 296 7844 Marked for the
          attention of: Donald Gayhardt

13.3.3    the Guarantor, shall be sent to the following address:-1436 Lancaster
          Avenue Suite, 210 Berwyn PA 19312 USA Fax No: 00 1 610 296 7844 Marked
          for the attention of: Don Gayhardt

13.4      Communications addressed to the Purchaser and the Guarantor shall, at
          the same time as they are sent to the relevant party be copied to Mr
          Geoffrey Walters at the Purchaser's Solicitors;

13.5      In proving service:-

13.5.1    by delivery by hand, it shall be necessary only to produce a receipt
          for the communication signed by or on behalf of the addressee;

13.5.2    by post, it shall be necessary only to prove that the communication
          was contained in an envelope which was duly addressed and posted in
          accordance with this clause; and

13.5.3    by fax it shall be necessary only for the communication or a
          confirmatory letter to have been delivered by hand or sent by first
          class post on the same day but failure of the addressee to receive
          such confirmation shall not invalidate the relevant communication
          deemed given by fax.

14        PROPER LAW
- --------------------
          This agreement shall be governed by English Law and the  parties
          irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English
          Courts.



SIGNED AS A DEED by    )
RACHEL HALLAM          )
in the presence of:-   )
<PAGE>
 
SIGNED AS A DEED by    )
CHRISTOPHER GILLAM     )
in the presence of:-   )



SIGNED AS A DEED by    )
MARTIN JOYCE           )
in the presence of:-   )



SIGNED AS A DEED by    )
HENRY HALLAM           )
in the presence of:-   )



EXECUTED AS A DEED by  )
DFG ACQUISITION LIMITED)
acting by              )
                       )
                       )
                       ) 

Director:

Director/Secretary:







EXECUTED AS A DEED by  )
DOLLAR FINANCIAL       )
GROUP, INC             )
acting by              )
                       )
                       )
                       )

Director:

Director:
<PAGE>
 
FIRST SCHEDULE
- --------------
THE VENDORS
- -----------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column 1                                   Column 2                    Column 3                  Column 4
- --------                                  ---------                    --------                  ---------            
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                          <C>                        <C> 
Name and address                     Number of Shares held        Proportion of the          Proportion of the
                                                                  Initial Consideration      Subsequent
                                                                  to be satisfied at         Consideration to be
                                                                  Completion by the issue    satisfied by the issue
                                                                  of the First Loan Notes    of Subsequent Loan
                                                                                             Notes

Rachel Hallam                        2,278 `A' ordinary shares    (Pounds)3,570,000          63.95%
Nuthall Lodge
29 Nottingham Road
Nottingham
NG16 1DH

Christopher Gillam                   1,139 `B' ordinary shares    (Pounds)1,225,000          18.025%
Whitewell Hall
Whitewell on the Hill
York
Y06 7JJ

Martin Joyce                         1,139 `B' ordinary shares    (Pounds)1,225,000          18.025%
Low Hall
Curly Hill
Middleton
Ilkley
LS29 0AQ
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
SECOND SCHEDULE
- ---------------
THE COMPANY
- -----------

Registered number:-    2685515

Date of Incorporation:-  7 February 1992

Incorporated under the Companies Act 1985


Registered Office:-    Adam House
                       Players Court
                       Players Street
                       Nottingham
                       NG7 5LZ



Authorised Capital:-  (Pounds)2,278 divided into 2,278 `A' ordinary shares of
                      50p each and 2.278 `B' ordinary shares of 50p each



Issued Capital:-  2,278 `A' ordinary shares of 50p each and 2.278 `B' ordinary
                  shares of 50p each



Shareholders:-      Rachel Djadi-Hallam         2,278 `A' ordinary shares
                    Martin Andrew Joyce         1,139 `B' ordinary shares
                    Christopher James Gillam    1,139 `B' ordinary shares


Directors:-      Henry Hallam
                 Alan Stuart Pilkington-Bennett
 


Secretary:-      Rachel Djadi-Hallam


Accounting Reference Date:- 31 July



Subsisting Mortgages and Charges:-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
Charge 1
- --------
<S>                <C> 
Instrument:        Mortgage Debenture in favour of National Westminster Bank plc

Date:              22 March 1995

Amount secured:    all monies due or to become due from the Company on any account 
                   whatsoever to the National Westminster Bank plc

Property charged:  specific equitable charge over all freehold and leasehold properties 
                   and/or the proceeds of sale thereof, fixed and floating charges over the 
                   undertaking and all property and assets present and future including 
                   goodwill, bookdebts and the benefits of any licences
Charge 2
- --------
Instrument:        Fixed and floating charge in favour of Rachel Djadi-Hallam,
                   Christopher Gillam and Martin Joyce

Date:              7 March 1996

Amount Secured     all monies due pursuant to the 2001 loan note

Property charged:  Fixed and floating charges over the undertaking and all
                   property and assets present and future including goodwill,
                   bookdebts, uncalled capital buildings, fixtures, fixed plant and
                   machinery.
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
THIRD SCHEDULE
- --------------
THE PROPERTIES
- --------------

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                       
1.      94 and 100 Corporation Street Priory Square Birmingham West Midlands B4 6SX.
       
2.      Ground Floor Unit 2 Commercial Union House Great Moor Street Bolton BL1 1NH.

3.      Ground Floor Shop 21 Nelson Street Bristol BS1 2LA.
       
4.      Ground Floor and Basement 99 St Mary Street Cardiff CF1 1NP.

5.      Ground and First Floor 8 Cross Cheaping Burgess House Coventry CV1 1HF.

6.      Ground Floor 84 Prospect Street and First Floors of 82 and 83 Prospect Street   Kingston Upon Hull Humberside.
       
7.      Ground Floor and Basement 23 Nelson Street Newcastle Upon Tyne and Wear NE1     5AN.

8.      Ground Floor Unit B1 Adam House Players Court Radford Nottingham NG7 5LZ.
      
9.      Ground Floor 38 Upper Parliament Street Nottingham NG1 2AG.

10.      Basement Ground Floor and First Floor 27 King Street Sheffield S3 8LF.
      
11.      Ground Floor 23-25 Hanover Buildings Southampton Hampshire S01 1JU.

12.      Basement Ground and First Floors 26 Fawcett Street and 4 5 and 6 Athenaeum Street
         Sunderland Tyne and Wear SR1 1RH.
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
FOURTH SCHEDULE
- ---------------
WARRANTIES
- ----------
Part 1
- ------
GENERAL
- -------

1.1        The Vendors and Mr Hallam
           -------------------------
1.1.1      The Vendors are the beneficial and legal owners of the Shares as set
           out in the first schedule and are entitled to sell the Shares to the
           Purchaser free from all liens charges and encumbrances without the
           consent of any third party.

1.1.2      Each Warrantor warrants and represents in respect of himself or
           herself that:-

1.1.2.1    he or she has full power and authority to enter into this agreement
           and the other documents to be executed in connection with it, all of
           which constitute (or will when executed constitute) legal and valid
           binding obligations on them enforceable in accordance with their
           respective terms.

1.1.2.2    no bankruptcy order has been made in respect of himself or herself or
           a petition for such an order presented;

1.1.2.3    no application has been made in respect of himself or herself for an
           interim order under section 253 Insolvency Act 1986;

1.1.2.4    he or she is not able to pay any debt as that expression is defined
           in section 268 Insolvency Act 1986;

1.1.2.5    no person has been appointed by the court to prepare a report in
           respect of himself or herself under section 273 Insolvency Act 1986;

1.1.2.6    no interim receiver has been appointed of the property of himself or
           herself under section 286 Insolvency Act 1986.;

1.1.2.7    he or she has never been:-

1.1.2.7.1  disqualified from acting as a director of any company; or

1.1.2.7.2  prosecuted for any offence (other than an offence under the Road
           Traffic Acts for which a custodial sentence could not be imposed).

1.2        The Shares
           ----------
           The Shares constitute the whole of the issued and allotted share
           capital of the Company and are fully paid or credited as fully paid.
<PAGE>
 
1.3        Accuracy of information
           -----------------------
           All replies given by any of the Warrantors or their agents to the
           Purchaser or its agents relating to the business, activities,
           affairs, or assets or liabilities of the Company in the replies made
           by the Vendors' Solicitors or the Vendors to the questionnaires sent
           by the Purchaser's Solicitors, the Purchaser or Ernst & Young in
           relation to the Company) in the course of the negotiations leading up
           to this agreement, copies of which are attached to the Disclosure
           Letter, was, when given, and is now true, complete and accurate and
           not misleading save that this warranty shall not extend the scope or
           ambit or breadth of any warranty or indemnity contained in this
           Agreement or give any additional warranty or warranty greater than
           the Warranties in respect of any matter document or thing the subject
           to the Warranties.

1.4        Accuracy of Disclosure Letter
           -----------------------------
           All statements of fact and information contained in and all documents
           annexed to the Disclosure Letter are true, complete and accurate and
           not misleading, all statements of opinion in the Disclosure Letter
           have been made after due and careful enquiry and are reasonably
           believed to be correct and nothing has been omitted from the
           Disclosure Letter which renders any of such statements incomplete,
           inaccurate or misleading save that this warranty shall not extend the
           scope or ambit or breadth of any warranty or indemnity contained in
           this Agreement or give any additional warranty or warranty greater
           than the Warranties in respect of any matter document or thing the
           subject to the Warranties.

Part 2
- ------
THE COMPANY
- -----------
2.1        The Company
           -----------
2.1.1      The Company is a private company limited by shares incorporated in
           England and the information set out in the second schedule is
           correct.

2.1.2      The Company's sole business is that of First Party Cheque Cashing,
           and Third Party Cheque Cashing and (in its Nottingham store only)
           pawnbroking and it has never carried on any other business.
<PAGE>
 
2.2       Subsidiaries etc
          ----------------
2.2.1     The Company does not have and never has had any subsidiaries or
          subsidiary undertakings and nor does the Company control or take part
          in the management of any other company or business organisation and it
          has never done so or agreed to do so.

2.2.2     The Company is not, never has been and has not agreed to become the
          registered holder or beneficial owner of any share or loan capital in
          any company.

2.3       Directors
          ---------
          The Company does not have any directors, shadow directors or alternate
          or associate directors other than the persons listed in the second
          schedule.

2.4       Trading names etc
          -----------------
          The Company uses (and during the past three years has used) no name
          other than its corporate name and the name Money Shop for any purpose.

2.5       Agents
          ------
2.5.1     No person is authorised to act as agent for the Company or to bind the
          Company otherwise than the directors of the Company acting as the
          Board and certain employees who have authority to enter into routine
          trading contracts in the normal course of their duties as specified in
          the Disclosure Letter.

2.5.2     There are no powers of attorney given by the Company which are in
          force.

2.6       Share capital
          -------------
2.6.1     Since the Balance Sheet Date, no share or convertible securities of
          the Company (or any rights or interests therein) have been created,
          allotted or issued or agreed to be created, allotted or issued.

2.6.2     There are no outstanding rights to call for the creation, allotment,
          issue, transfer or conversion at any time of any share or loan capital
          of the Company (or any rights or interests therein).

2.6.3     No shares in the capital of the Company have been issued and no
          transfer of shares in the capital of the Company has been registered
          otherwise than in accordance with the Articles of Association of the
          Company from time to time in force and all such transfers have been
          duly stamped.

<PAGE>
 
2.7       First Party Cheque Cashing
          --------------------------
          The Disclosure Letter contains an accurate and detailed explanation of
          the procedures which the Company instructs its employees to follow in
          relation to First Party Cheque Cashing, together with

2.7.1     an explanation of the manner in which the Company carries on the
          business of First Party Cheque Cashing;

2.7.2     details of any advice (professional or otherwise) received on the
          drafting of the Company's standard terms of business in relation to
          First Party Cheque Cashing, together with an explanation of the
          reasons for the changes made from time to time;

2.7.3     details of the Company's policies applied to determine whether it will
          encash a First Party Cheque, including the creditworthiness and
          suitability of a prospective customer and for enquiries made of the
          customer;

2.7.4     details of the procedures and documents which the Company follows and
          produces in order to comply with the requirements of the Consumer
          Credit Act 1974 in relation to its business of First Party Cheque
          Cashing;

2.7.5     copies of all correspondence, notices or other documents sent between
          the Company and the Office of Fair Trading at any time in relation to
          the Company's business of First Party Cheque Cashing;

2.7.6     details of all infringements of the Consumer Credit Act 1974 committed
          by the Company in relation to its business of First Party Cheque
          Cashing which have at any time been alleged by or on behalf of the
          Office of Fair Trading, any customer of the Company or any other
          person; and

2.7.7     details of all prosecutions or notices of intended prosecutions of the
          Company which have occurred or been issued at any time in relation to
          any real or alleged infringement of the Consumer Credit Act 1974 which
          may have been committed by the Company in relation to its business of
          First Party Cheque Cashing.

2.8       Cheque Cashing
          --------------
          The Disclosure Letter contains an accurate and detailed explanation of
          the procedures which the Company instructs its employees to follow in
          relation to Third Party Cheque Cashing, together with:-
<PAGE>
 
2.8.1     an explanation of the manner in which the Company carries on the
          business of Third Party Cheque Cashing;

2.8.2     details of any advice (professional or otherwise) received on the
          drafting of the Company's standard terms of business in relation to
          Third Party Cheque Cashing together with an explanation of the reasons
          for the changes made from time to time;

2.8.3     details of any refusals by the Company's bankers to collect Third
          Party Cheques encashed by the Company, together with an explanation in
          each case of why the refusal was made and the ultimate resolution or
          outcome of the matter;

2.8.4     details of any challenge to the Company's ability to collect payment
          on Third Party Cheques, by any person, including the drawer of the
          cheque, the payee, the paying bank and the collecting bank (other than
          an inability to collect by reason of lack of funds in the relevant
          account);

2.8.5     details of all legal proceedings in which the Company has ever been
          involved in relation to the encashment of Third Party Cheques; and

2.8.6     details of the Company's policies applied to determine whether it will
          encash a Third Party Cheque including the credit worthiness and
          suitability of a prospective customer and/or enquiries made of the
          drawer of the cheque and others.

2.9       Consumer Credit Act 1974
          ------------------------
          The Company has complied with all requirements of the Consumer Credit
          Act 1974 and in particular:-

2.9.1     has a valid and subsisting licence under that Act for all purposes for
          which a licence is required in relation to any business carried on by
          the Company whether in relation to First Party Cheque Cashing Third
          Party Cheque Cashing, pawnbroking or otherwise;

2.9.2     has complied with the terms of such licence(s); and

2.9.3     all agreements made by the Company and all procedures followed by the
          Company in the course of any business which it carries on and which
          are in any way regulated by that Act, strictly comply with all the
          relevant requirements of that Act; and

<PAGE>
 
2.9.4     the Company has never received any notice, letter or complaint
          alleging a breach by it of the provisions of that Act and has no
          reason to believe that circumstances exist which is likely to give
          rise to such notice letter or complaint.

2.10      Statutory and other regulations
          -------------------------------
2.10.1    The Company has at all times carried on business and conducted its
          affairs in all respects in accordance with its Memorandum and Articles
          of Association for the time being in force.

2.10.2    All licences, authorisations, orders, grants, consents, permissions
          and approvals necessary to the proper carrying on of the business of
          the Company have been obtained and:-

2.10.2.1  the Company is not in breach of any of their terms or conditions; and

2.10.2.2  so far as the Warrantors are aware there are no circumstances which
          indicate that any of them is likely to be revoked or not renewed, in
          whole or in part, whether or not in the ordinary course of events.

2.10.3    Neither the Company nor any of its officers is in breach of or has
          failed to comply in full with any statutory or municipal rules,
          regulations and provisions applying to or affecting the business or
          activities of the Company which has had a material adverse effect on
          the Company.

2.10.4    All documents required by the Companies Act or any other legislation
          to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in respect of the Company
          have been duly filed and were correct and due compliance has been made
          with all other legal requirements in connection with the formation of
          the Company and all issues and allotments of shares, debentures and
          other securities.

2.10.5    So far as the Warrantors are aware there are no investigations or
          enquiries (pending, threatened or in existence) by or on behalf of any
          governmental or other body in respect of the affairs of the Company or
          the Warrantors.

2.11      Data Protection Act
          -------------------
          The Company has complied with all requirements of the Data Protection
          Act 1984 and in particular:-
2.11.1    has registered as a data user under that Act for all purposes for
          which registration is required by the business as carried on by the
          Company;
<PAGE>
 
2.11.2    has complied with the data protection principles; and

2.11.3    the Company has not received any notice letter or complaint alleging a
          breach by it of the provisions of that Act and has no reason to
          believe that circumstances exist which may give rise to such a notice
          letter or complaint.

2.12      Statutory books and Memoranda and Articles of Association
          ---------------------------------------------------------
2.12.1    The Register of Members and other books required by the Companies Act
          to be kept by the Company contain an accurate and complete record of
          the matters with which they should deal and there has been no notice
          of any proceedings to correct or rectify any such books.

2.12.2    The copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company
          attached to the Disclosure Letter is complete and accurate in all
          respects and has embodied in it or annexed to it a copy of every such
          resolution and agreement as is referred to in section 380 of the
          Companies Act.

2.13      Resolutions
          -----------

          No resolutions of any kind of the Company or any class of its members
          (other than those relating to business at an Annual General Meeting
          which is not special business) have ever been passed.

2.14      Insolvency
          ----------
2.14.1    The Company has never been a party to any transaction to which the
          provisions of sections 238 to 246 (inclusive) of the Insolvency Act
          1986 may be applicable.

2.14.2    No order has been made or petition presented or resolution passed for
          the winding up or administration of the Company, no receiver or
          administrator or administrative receiver has been appointed or could
          lawfully be appointed by any person of the Company's business or
          assets or any part thereof, the Company is not insolvent and has not
          stopped payment and is not unable to pay its debts (within the meaning
          of section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986) and the Company is capable
          of meeting its liabilities as and when they fall due and for the
          foreseeable future.
<PAGE>
 
2.15      Purchase of shares
          ------------------

2.15.1    No person is entitled to receive from the Company any fees, brokerages
          or other commissions in connection with the purchase or sale of shares
          in the Company.

2.15.2    The Company has not at any time acted in breach of section 151 of the
          Companies Act and nor has it ever given financial assistance in
          connection with the acquisition of its own or any holding company's
          shares in accordance with the provisions of section 155 of the
          Companies Act.

2.15.3    The Company has never reduced, purchased or redeemed its share capital
          or agreed to do so.

2.16      Registration of charges
          -----------------------
          All charges in favour of the Company have (if appropriate) been
          registered in accordance with the Companies Act.

2.17      Possession of documents
          -----------------------

          All title deeds relating to the assets of the Company and an executed
          copy of all agreements to which Company is a party and the original
          copies of all other documents which are owned by, or which ought to be
          in the possession of, the Company are in its possession.

2.18      Seal
          ----
          The Company has a common seal.

2.19      Financial Services Act
          ----------------------
          The Company does not carry on or purport to carry on in the United
          Kingdom any investment business within the meaning of the Financial
          Services Act 1986.

2.20      Money Laundering
          ----------------
          The Company has since 1 April 1994 complied with all of the provisions
          of the Money Laundering Regulations 1993.
<PAGE>
 
Part 3
- ------

THE ACCOUNTS
- ------------
3.1       The Accounts
          ------------
          The Accounts:-

3.1.1     have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention;

3.1.2     comply with the requirements of the Companies Act, all other relevant
          statutes relating to audited accounts, and all applicable current
          accounting standards and other generally accepted accounting and
          auditing principles or practices applicable to a United Kingdom
          company;

3.1.3     have been prepared on the same bases and policies of accounting as the
          published statutory accounts of the Company for the preceding three
          accounting reference periods (and in particular there has been no
          change in any practice or policy or in any methods or bases of
          valuation or any accountancy treatment relating to the keeping of any
          such accounts);

3.1.4     give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at
          the Balance Sheet Date;

3.1.5     properly disclose all the assets of the Company as at the Balance
          Sheet Date;

3.1.6     contain appropriate provision or reserves or appropriate notes in
          respect of all liabilities (whether actual or contingent, quantified
          or disputed) of the Company as at the Balance Sheet Date;

3.1.7     contain full provision or reserves for Taxation assessed or liable to
          be assessed on the Company or for which it is or may become liable up
          to the Balance Sheet Date and any liability to pay Taxation which has
          been deferred for any reason;

3.1.8     contain proper provision for depreciation and for any obsolescence of
          assets (all rates of depreciation being consistent over the three
          financial years preceding the Balance Sheet Date) and the policy of
          depreciation has been applied in accordance with SSAP 12;

3.1.9     properly and fairly disclose all capital and leasing commitments of
          the Company in excess of (Pounds)1,000 per annum; and

3.1.10    are not affected by any extraordinary, exceptional or non-recurring
          items.
<PAGE>
 
3.2       Past accounts
          -------------

          The published statutory accounts of the Company for the three
          accounting reference periods preceding the period to which the
          Accounts relate give a true and fair view of the affairs of the
          Company as at the dates to which they are drawn.

3.3       Book Debts shown in the Accounts
          --------------------------------

          The debts (excluding amounts due on cheques encashed) shown in the
          Accounts (less the amount of any provision or reserve calculated on
          the same basis as that applied in the published statutory accounts of
          the Company for the preceding three accounting reference periods) were
          good and collectable in full in the ordinary and normal course of
          business and have realised the net amount thereof and none of those
          debts:-

3.3.1     was at the Balance Sheet Date subject to any counter-claim or set off
          (except to the extent of any such provision or reserve) or overdue by
          more than eight weeks; or

3.3.2     has subsequently been released on terms that any debtor pays less than
          the full book value of his debt or has been written off or has proved
          to any extent irrecoverable or is now regarded as irrecoverable (in
          whole or in part).

3.4       Accounting records
          ------------------

          All accounts, books, ledgers, financial and other accounting and
          financial records of whatsoever kind of the Company are in the
          possession of the Company have been kept and completed in accordance
          with statutory requirements, show and explain all transactions entered
          into by the Company and disclose with reasonable accuracy the current
          financial and contractual position of the Company and contain a record
          of its assets and liabilities.

3.5       Management Accounts
          -------------------

          The Management Accounts of the Company, copies of which are annexed as
          appendix B to this agreement have been prepared by the Company with
          due care and attention in accordance with the same accounting policies
          as the Accounts, and show a reasonably fair view of the state of
          affairs and profit or loss of the Company as at and for the period in
          respect of which they have been prepared and are not affected by any
          extraordinary, exceptional or 
<PAGE>
 
          non-recurring item but it is hereby acknowledged that they are not
          prepared on a statutory basis have not been audited and do not address
          taxation in any form nor do they address disposals of a capital
          nature.
Part 4
- ------

THE PROPERTIES
- --------------
4.1       General Matters
          ---------------
4.1.1     The Properties comprise all the freehold and leasehold land premises
          owned occupied or otherwise used by the Company.

4.1.2     All the rights and easements contained in the title deeds to the
          Properties attached to the replies to the acquisition questionnaire
          received from the Purchaser's Solicitors ("the Deeds") vested in the
                                                    -----------               
          Company relating to any of the Properties at the date of this
          agreement remain valid and exercisable by the Company on the basis set
          out in the Deeds.

4.1.3     The Company has not held premises whether under an agreement licence
          or lease (as tenant as licensee) or given any form of guarantee or
          indemnity in relation to such premises (other than the Properties)
          which gives rise to a contingent liability or where a claim is
          currently pending or being pursued whether in relation to rent repairs
          dilapidations or otherwise.

4.2       Title
          -----

4.2.1     The originals of the Deeds shall if required be produced to the
          Purchasers' Solicitors for inspection and all such documents are in
          the possession or under the control of the Company.

4.2.2     The Properties and the Deeds are free and clear of all claims charges
          (including floating charges) mortgages, liens, encumbrances and other
          such security interests and third party rights and there is no
          agreement to create any such security interests or third party rights.

4.2.3     No outstanding complaint alleging breach or non-observance has been
          received in respect of the Properties.

4.2.4     Save for any which may affect the freehold title the Properties are
          not subject to any unusual or onerous exceptions reservations rights
          easements quasi easements provisions obligations or overriding
          interests.
<PAGE>
 
4.2.5     There are no disputes concerning boundaries easements covenants or
          other matters relating to the Properties or their use and occupation
          so far as the Warrantors are actually aware or would be aware if they
          had made proper enquiries of the shop managers at the respective
          Properties and (so far as aforesaid) there is no pending or
          anticipated disputes, actions, claims or demands in respect of the
          Properties.

4.3       Occupation
          ----------
          The Company has exclusive possession use and occupation of the
          Properties.

4.4       Local Authority and Planning Matters
          ------------------------------------

4.4.1     There is no local land charge, land charge caution restriction
          inhibition or notice registered in respect of the Properties and so
          far as the Warrantors are actually aware or would be aware if they had
          made proper enquiries of the shop managers at the respective
          Properties no matter exists which is capable of such registration
          whether registered or not and the Warrantors are not aware of any
          proposal for any such matter.

4.4.2     There are no outgoings affecting the Properties which are of an
          unusual or onerous nature.

4.4.3     No notice of any breach of the Planning Acts (in this agreement the
          expression "the Planning Acts" mean the Town & Country Planning Act
          1990 the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990
          the Planning (Hazardous Substances) Act 1990 the Planning
          (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990 and all statutes referred to
          therein to the extent that they remain in force and all statutes
          regulations and orders included by clause 1.2.2 of this agreement) in
          respect of the Properties has been received by the Company.

4.4.4     No application for planning permission or for any consent approval or
          determination under the Planning Acts in respect of the Properties is
          awaiting determination.

4.4.5     In the case of all buildings on the Properties which are subject to
          any enactment regulation or order relating to protection against or
          means of escape from fire the Company has not received notice that it
          has not complied with any requirements of any such enactment
          regulation or order and of any notices served under them to the
          satisfaction of the Fire Officer District Surveyor or 
<PAGE>
 
          other appropriate officer and so far as the Warrantors are actually
          aware or would be aware if they had made proper enquiries of the shop
          managers at the respective Properties no order prohibiting any
          occupation or use of any of the Properties has been made or proposed.

4.4.6     So far as the Warrantors are actually aware or would be aware if they
          had made proper enquiries of the shop managers at the respective
          Properties the Properties (and where appropriate all access to or
          egress from the Properties) are not affected by any outstanding
          notices orders or publicly advertised proposals given or issued by or
          to any local or other authority and are not currently affect by

          (i)    any closing demolition or clearance order
          (ii)   any enforcement or stock or listed building or preservation or
                 dangerous structure notice
          (iii)  any proposal for compulsory acquisition or requisition

4.4.7     Access to the Properties for pedestrians is directly from a public
          highway adopted by the relevant local authority and maintained by it
          at the public expense.

4.4.8     The Warrantors have not received any independent charge for the
          maintenance of the drains and sewers serving the Properties save as
          may be covered by the relevant service charge and save as may be
          included in any water rates or drainage rates charge.

4.4.9     There is no anticipated expenditure by the Company in relation to the
          Properties which would be required in order that the Properties should
          comply with statute or any order or direction of a statutory or local
          authority.

4.4.10    The Warrantors are not actually aware (nor would they be aware if they
          had made proper enquiries of the shop managers) that compliance is not
          being made or has not at all times been made with all applicable
          statutory and bye-law requirements and with all notices served under
          them with respect to the Properties or their use and in particular
          (but without limitation) with all applicable requirements as to fire
          precautions and the means of escape in the case of fire and with the
          Public Health Acts the Housing Acts the Highways Acts and the Office
          Shops & Railways Premises Acts 1963 the Factories Acts 
<PAGE>
 
          the London Building Acts the Health & Safety at Work etc. Act the
          Control of Pollution Act 1971 and the Environmental Protection Act
          1990.

4.5       Lease Matters
          -------------

4.5.1     The Properties are not subject to any options or rights of pre-emption
          and where there are break clauses in the leases they have not been
          exercised by either party.

4.5.2     There are no arrears of rent rates service charge insurance premiums
          interest or other payments relating to the Properties.

4.5.3     There are no circumstances which would entitle or require the landlord
          or any other person to exercise any power of entry upon or of taking
          possession of the whole or any part of the Properties or which would
          otherwise terminate the continued possession or occupation of the
          Properties.

4.6       Enquiries
          ---------
          So far as the Warrantors are actually aware or would be aware if they
          had made proper enquiries of the shop managers at the respective
          Properties the replies given to the preliminary enquiries raised by
          the Purchasers Solicitors of the Vendors Solicitors are accurate and
          are not misleading.

4.7       State of the Properties
          -----------------------

4.7.1     The Properties are connected to mains electricity and water supplies
          and are served by drains and sewers and the Warrantors believe that
          those services are connected into the adopted services and maintained
          by the relevant authority or where any of the Properties are part only
          of a building that building is so directly connected and the
          Warrantors know of no problems with regard to those services.

4.7.2     The Properties are in good repair and condition (fair wear and tear
          excepted).

4.8       Insurance
          ---------
          So far as the Warrantors are actually aware or would be aware if they
          had made proper enquiries of the shop managers at the respective
          Properties no circumstances have arisen which would make any insurance
          policies relating to the Properties void or voidable or which might
          result in an increased rate of premium.
<PAGE>
 
Part 5
- ------

FIXED AND CURRENT ASSETS
- ------------------------
5.1       Ownership of assets
          -------------------
          The Company is the sole owner with good and marketable title free from
          all liens, charges, encumbrances, options or adverse claims (including
          any hiring, licensing or rental agreements or reservations of title)
          of all the assets included in the Accounts or acquired after the
          Balance Sheet Date which it owns or reputedly owns (subject to sales
          of current assets in the ordinary and normal course of its trading) or
          which are now in its possession or under its control or which it uses
          in its business and the Company has not agreed to create or grant any
          lien, charge, option or other encumbrance over such assets.

5.2       Assets used in the business
          ---------------------------
          The assets owned by the Company together with any assets held under
          any hire or hire purchase rental or leasing agreement (the material
          details of which are contained in the Disclosure Letter) comprise all
          the assets necessary for the continuation of the Company's business as
          now carried on.

5.3       Equipment
          ---------

5.3.1     The equipment and vehicles owned by or used in connection with the
          business of the Company ("Equipment") (assuming the business of the
                                   -----------                               
          Company continues to be carried on as it is carried on at
          Completion):-

5.3.1.1   are all in a good and safe state of repair and condition and none of
          it is in need of renewal or replacement other than on the basis set
          out in the Disclosure Letter;

5.3.1.2   are not to any extent surplus to requirements;

5.3.1.3   are in the possession and (save for those items the subject of the
          hire, hire purchase, rental or leasing agreements listed in the
          Disclosure Letter) control of the Company; and

5.3.1.4   are all capable, and so far as the Warrantors are actually aware
          without making enquiry (subject to normal wear and tear) will remain
          capable, throughout the respective periods of time during which they
          are each written down to a nil
<PAGE>
 
          value in the accounts of the Company (in accordance with the normal
          recognised accountancy principles consistently applied prior to the
          date hereof) of doing the work for which they were designed or
          purchased.

5.3.3.1   Maintenance contracts are in full force and effect in respect of all
          Equipment which is of a kind which is normal or prudent to have
          maintained by independent or specialist contractors.

5.3.3.2   The Equipment has been regularly maintained to a good technical
          standard including compliance with all appropriate safety regulations
          and manufacturers instructions.

5.3.3.3   The Company did not suffer any material failures or breakdowns in the
          Equipment during the year preceding the date of this agreement.

5.4       Computer equipment and software
          -------------------------------

5.4.1     The Company has in force maintenance contracts for all items of
          computer hardware (including operating systems) and software support
          contracts for all items of software which it uses and there is no
          reason to believe that these maintenance and support contracts will
          not be renewed by the other contracting party upon their expiry (if so
          required by the Company) upon substantially similar terms to those now
          applicable.

5.4.2     The Company did not suffer any failures or breakdowns of or bugs in
          the computer hardware or software which it now uses during the year
          preceding the date of this agreement.

5.4.3     The Company has operated and used all items of computer hardware used
          by it in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations including
          (without limitation) any recommendations as to environmental
          conditions and power supply.

5.4.4     The computer software (including programs and data held on silicon
          chips disks and any other media, manuals and operator guides) known as
          "Sheriff" and all Intellectual Property Rights in such software is
          owned by the Company.
<PAGE>
 
5.4.5     All other computer software (including programs and data held on
          silicon chips disks and any other media, manuals and operator guides)
          used by the Company is either owned by the Company or held by it on
          licence the terms of which have been disclosed in the Disclosure
          Letter.

5.4.6     So far as the Warrantors are aware the Company owns and has access to
          all documents and information (including source codes and all working
          papers relating to such source codes) which might be reasonably
          required to enable the Company to adapt modify or improve all computer
          software used by the Company economically and has the right to make
          such adaptations modifications or improvements without the consent of
          any third party.

5.5       Integrity of computer systems
          -----------------------------

5.5.1     The Company has taken proper precautions to preserve the availability
          confidentiality and integrity of its computer systems and has had such
          systems reviewed on a regular basis by independent experts in the
          field.

5.5.2     All computer software (including all programs and data in such
          software) used by the Company is reliable and readable. All media on
          which such software is stored are in good readable condition and
          contain no programs or data which are either intended to or which may
          have the effect of modifying, deleting or otherwise impairing such
          software (or any of the programs or data in such software) or any
          other programs or data which are either intended to or which may have
          the effect of impairing any computer hardware.

5.5.3     The Warrantors are not aware of any case where unauthorised access to
          the Company's computer systems has taken place, or where any of the
          software or data in those computer systems has been modified without
          the Company's express authority or where fraud has been committed
          against the Company by use or abuse of its computer systems whether
          alone or in conjunction with any third party.

5.5.4     The Company's computer systems are fully "millennium compliant" and
          will not cease to be so prior to, during or after the year 2000. For
          the purposes of this warranty, "millennium compliant" means that
          neither performance nor functionality is or will be affected by dates
          prior to, during or after the year 2000 in particular (but without
          limitation):-
<PAGE>
 
5.5.4.1   no value for current date causes or will cause any interruption in
          operation;

5.5.4.2   date-based functionality behaves and will behave consistently for
          dates prior to, during and after the year 2000;

5.5.4.3   in all interfaces and data storage, the century in any date is and
          will be specified either explicitly or by unambiguous algorithms or
          inferencing rules; and

5.5.4.4   the year 2000 is and will be recognised as a leap year.

5.6       Leased Assets
          -------------
          No circumstance has arisen or is likely to arise in relation to any
          asset held by the Company, under a lease or similar agreement, whereby
          the rental payable has been, or is likely to be, increased and, in
          particular, all such assets have at all relevant times been used for a
          qualifying purpose for the purposes of sections 39, 40 and 42 Capital
          Allowances Act 1990.

5.8       Book debts
          ----------

5.8.1     None of the debts which are due to the Company at the date of this
          agreement and which shall have arisen after the Balance Sheet Date are
          now or have at any time been overdue by more than 8 weeks nor have any
          of those debts been written off or proved to be irrecoverable to any
          extent.

5.8.2     Save for amounts due in respect of First Party Cheques or Third Party
          Cheques which have been encashed by the Company the full amount of all
          debts which shall be owing to the Company at Completion (whenever
          arising) will be recovered in full free of any counter-claim or set
          off (less the amount of any provision or reserve which has been
          calculated on the same basis as that applied in the Accounts or
          disclosed in the Disclosure Letter) in the ordinary and normal course
          of business and in any event not later than 12 weeks after Completion.

5.8.3     Since the Balance Sheet Date no other obligations due to the Company
          have been written off or written down or have proved to be
          irrecoverable in whole or in part or are now regarded as irrecoverable
          nor has there been any agreement for the release of any person under
          any liability to the Company.
<PAGE>
 
Part 6
- ------

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
- ---------------------
6.1       Definition
          ----------
          In this Part 6 "Intellectual Property Rights" includes patents, trade
                          ------------------------------              
          marks, service  marks, registered designs, design rights, copyrights,
          business names, know-how, confidential information, and any other
          similar protected rights in any country together with pending
          applications for the registration or recording of such right

6.2       Intellectual Property Rights
          ----------------------------
          The Company does not own or otherwise have any interest in or licence
          of any Intellectual Property Rights which is material to the business
          of the Company (other than the computer software referred to in
          warranty 5.4.4).

6.3       No Infringements
          ----------------
          The business of the Company as now carried on does not (and so far as
          the Warrantors are aware is not likely to) infringe any Intellectual
          Property Rights of any person.

6.4       No requirements
          ---------------
          The Company does not need to use any Intellectual Property Rights of
          any other person in order to carry on its business in its present
          form.

6.5       Trademark Application
          ---------------------
          The Company has not received notice or correspondence from any third
          party opposing, rejecting or challenging in any way the Company's
          application to register "the Money Shop" as a trade mark under class
          36.

Part 7
- ------
FINANCIAL POSITION AND PROSPECTS
- --------------------------------
7.1       Events since the Balance Sheet Date
          -----------------------------------
          Since the Balance Sheet Date:-

7.1.1     there has been no adverse change in the financial or trading position
          of the Company;

7.1.2     the business of the Company has been carried on in the ordinary and
          normal course, without any interruption and without any alteration in
          its nature, conduct, scale, scope or manner and no unusual or abnormal
          contract differing 
<PAGE>
 
          from the ordinary contracts necessitated by the nature of its business
          has been entered into by the Company;

7.1.3     save as disclosed in the Disclosure Letter no asset with a value in
          excess of (Pounds)5,000 or assets of whatever individual value having
          an aggregate value in excess of (Pounds)25,000 has been acquired or
          disposed of or has been agreed to be acquired or disposed of (save for
          assets acquired or disposed of in the ordinary and normal course of
          business on arm's length terms) and no contract involving expenditure
          with a value in excess of (Pounds)5,000 or contracts of whatever
          individual value having an aggregate value in excess of (Pounds)25,000
          by it on capital account has been entered into by the Company;

7.1.4     the Company has not paid or become liable to pay any management,
          service or other such charges to the Warrantors or to any of their
          Associates) other than in respect of goods and services supplied in
          the ordinary and normal course of business on commercial terms;

7.1.5     the Company has neither disbursed nor received any cash except in the
          ordinary and normal course of its business and all amounts received by
          or on behalf of the Company have been deposited with its bankers and
          appear in the appropriate books of account;

7.1.6     the Company has not declared, paid or made any dividends or other
          distributions within the meaning of the Taxes Act save for the Pre-
          Sale Dividend;

7.1.7     the Company has not made any loans or incurred any borrowings except
          in either case in the ordinary and normal course of its business; and

7.1.8     the accounting reference period of the Company has not ended or been
          extended.

7.2       Net assets and turnover
          -----------------------
          An audited balance sheet of the Company as at Completion and an
          audited profit and loss account of the Company for the period from the
          Balance Sheet Date up to Completion prepared on the same basis as the
          Accounts would show that the net tangible assets of the Company (after
          taking account of the profit or loss for the period since the Balance
          Sheet Date and making an appropriate adjustment for the Pre-Sale
          Dividend) would not be less than the
<PAGE>
 
          net tangible assets shown in the Accounts and that the respective
          levels of turnover (both by value and by volume) and the gross and net
          profit margins were not less than 95% of those margins during the
          corresponding period in the preceding year.

7.3       Amounts due to creditors
          ------------------------
          The amounts now due by the Company to its creditors do not exceed
          (Pounds)1,360,000.

7.4       Bank and other borrowings
          -------------------------
7.4.1     Full details of all limits on the Company's bank overdraft and other
          borrowing facilities together with true, complete and accurate copies
          of all letters of credit, guarantees and other financial instruments
          issued on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company and which remain
          in force are contained in the Disclosure Letter.

7.4.2     The total amount borrowed by the Company does not exceed any
          limitation on its borrowing contained in its Memorandum or Articles of
          Association or in any other document which it is a party and the
          amount borrowed from its bankers does not exceed its overdraft
          facilities (if any).

7.4.3     No overdraft or other financial facilities of the Company are
          dependent upon a guarantee of, or a security provided by, the Vendors
          or any third party.

7.4.4     The Company does not have outstanding and has not agreed to create or
          issue any loan capital; nor has it factored or discounted any of its
          debts (or agreed to do so), or been engaged in financing of a type
          which would not require to be shown or reflected in the Accounts; or
          borrowed any money which it has not repaid (save for borrowings not
          exceeding the amounts shown in the Accounts).

7.4.5     The Company has not since the Balance Sheet Date, repaid, or become
          liable to repay, any loan or indebtedness in advance of its stated
          maturity.

7.4.6     No event has occurred which would entitle any third party (with or
          without the giving of notice) to call for the repayment of any
          indebtedness of the Company prior to its normal maturity date.
<PAGE>
 
7.5       The market value of the assets distributed to Rachel Djadi-Hallam by
          way of a dividend in specie immediately prior to this agreement did
          not exceed the amount of the dividend, namely (Pounds)750,000.

Part 8
- ------
TAXATION
- --------

8.1       Definitions
          -----------
          In this Part 8:
          "ACT" means advance corporation tax;
          -----                               
          "CAA" means the Capital Allowances Act 1990;
          -----                                       
          "IHTA" means the Inheritance Tax Act 1984;
          ------                                    
          "TCGA" means the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;
          ------                                                 
          "TMA" means the Taxes Management Act 1970;
          -----                                     
          "VAT" means value added tax;
          -----                       
          "VATA" means the Value Added Tax Act 1994.
          ------                                    

8.2       General
          -------

8.2.1     All returns, amended returns, computations and payments which should
          be or should have been made by the Company for any fiscal purpose have
          been prepared on a proper basis and submitted within the prescribed
          time limits and are up to date and are correct in all material
          respects and none of them is now the subject or so far as the
          Warrantors are aware likely to be the subject of any dispute with the
          Inland Revenue or HM Customs and Excise or other authority concerned
          and so far as the Warrantors are aware will not give rise to any
          disallowance of relief, forfeiture, loss of allowance or credit,
          assessment, adjustment or set off (including any claim for interest on
          unpaid Taxation) by the Revenue.

8.2.2     All particulars furnished to the Revenue in connection with the
          application for any consent or clearance on behalf of the Company
          accurately disclosed all facts and circumstances material to the
          decision of the Revenue, any such consent or clearance is valid and
          effective and any such transaction for which
<PAGE>
 
          such consent or clearance has previously been obtained has been
          carried into effect only in accordance with the terms of the relevant
          application and consent for clearance.

8.2.3     The Company is not the subject of a back duty investigation or in-
          depth enquiry by any fiscal authority and the Warrantors are not aware
          of any facts which may give rise to the same.

8.2.4     All income tax under the PAYE system and payments due in respect of
          employees' contributions to national insurance and graduated state
          pension have been properly deducted by the Company and (together with
          any employer's contribution) have been fully and correctly paid to the
          appropriate authority and proper records thereof have been maintained
          to the extent required by the relevant Taxation legislation.

8.2.5     All Taxation required to be deducted from any payments made by the
          Company which it is obliged or entitled to make has been deducted and
          accounted in full to the appropriate authority.

8.2.6     The Company has never been requested to furnish information pursuant
          to notices served under section 778 Taxes Act.

8.2.7     The Company is not and has at no time been an investment company, a
          close investment company or an investment trust company for Taxation
          purposes.

8.2.8     The Company has not since the Balance Sheet Date taken any action
          which has had, or might have, the result of altering or prejudicing
          any written agreement which it has previously negotiated with the
          Revenue.

8.2.9     The Taxation computations for all accounting periods of the Company
          ended on or before 31st July 1997 have been agreed with the Revenue.

8.2.10    The Company is and has always been resident only in the United Kingdom
          for Taxation purposes and has never carried on any trade, business or
          other activities outside the United Kingdom.

8.3       Taxable profits
          ---------------
8.3.1     The Company has not directly or indirectly paid any remuneration,
          emoluments or compensation for loss of office or made any gratuitous
          payment or transferred any assets to any of its present or former
          directors or employees, the cost of which will not be deductible for
          Taxation purposes.
<PAGE>
 
8.3.2     The Company has not made and is under no obligation pursuant to which
          it is or will become liable to make any payment of interest, annuity
          or other annual payment such as may be disallowed as a deduction as a
          set-off or as a charge on income or otherwise be unrelieved for
          corporation tax purposes whether by virtue of section 125 or section
          787 Taxes Act or otherwise.

8.3.3     Within the period of three years ending with the date hereof there
          have been no events or circumstances such that sections 343 or 768
          Taxes Act have been or could be applied.

8.4       Capital Assets
          --------------

8.4.1     Save as provided for in the Accounts the values attributed to each of
          the assets of the Company as at the Balance Sheet Date is such that on
          any disposal of any of those assets which is treated for Taxation
          purposes as being for a consideration equal to such value (ignoring
          any reliefs and allowances available to the Company other than amounts
          falling to be deducted under section 38 TCGA) no chargeable gain or
          allowable loss would arise.

8.4.2     Since the Balance Sheet Date no asset has been acquired otherwise than
          by way of a bargain made at arm's length and for a consideration equal
          to its market value.

8.4.3     The Company has not been a party to or involved in any transaction
          within section 29 TCGA.

8.4.4     Since the Balance Sheet Date the Company has not been a party to a
          transaction falling within section 17 TCGA.

8.4.5     The Company will not be subject to corporation tax on the disposal of
          any debt owing to the Company other than debts arising in the course
          of the Company's trade which consists of and includes the lending of
          money and provision of credit.

8.4.6     The Company does not own and has not owned and has never issued any
          relevant discounted securities or qualifying corporate bonds (as
          defined in Schedule 13 Finance Act 1996 or section 117 TCGA
          respectively).

8.4.7     The Company has sufficient information contained in its records to
          calculate any chargeable gain or allowable loss which may arise as the
          result of the disposal of assets owned by the Company at the Balance
          Sheet Date.
<PAGE>
 
8.5       Capital Allowances
          ------------------
 
8.5.1     The book value of each of the assets of the Company in or adopted for
          the purposes of the Accounts on which capital allowances are
          calculated separately does not exceed the written down value of such
          asset for the purposes of the CAA and the aggregate book value of
          plant and machinery for which capital allowances have been claimed
          under Part II of that Act does not exceed the written down value of
          the qualifying expenditure under that Act at the Balance Sheet Date.

8.5.2     No capital expenditure has been incurred which is subject to the
          provisions of section 75 CAA.

8.5.3     No elections have been made by the Company pursuant to section 59B or
          59C CAA.

8.6       Group arrangements
          ------------------
          The Company has never been a member of any group of companies for any
          Taxation purpose.

8.7       Distributions and Advance Corporation Tax
          -----------------------------------------

8.7.1     The Company has not since the Balance Sheet Date done anything which
          could be treated as a distribution for the purposes of sections 209 or
          210 Taxes Act other than declaring and paying dividends in the
          ordinary course of business, details of which are set out in the
          Disclosure Letter.

8.7.2     Within the last 3 years of the date hereof, no event or series of
          events has occurred which might cause the disallowance of the carry
          forward of losses or excess charges or such that any of sections 245
          or 245A or 245B Taxes Act have applied or could apply.

8.7.3     The Company has not issued any share capital to which the provisions
          of section 249 Taxes Act or section 142 TCGA could apply nor does it
          own any such share capital nor granted options or rights to any person
          which entitles that person to require the issue of any share capital.

8.7.4     The Company will be entitled in respect of any qualifying distribution
          made by it to a full set off of its corresponding payment of ACT under
          section 239(1) Taxes Act or in so far as there is no set off under
          section 239(1) or in so far as any set off is restricted under section
          239(3).
<PAGE>
 
8.7.5     The Company has not received a capital distribution to which the
          provisions of section 189 TCGA could apply.

8.7.6     The Company has not made or received any distribution which is an
          exempt distribution within sections 213 to 218(1) (inclusive) Taxes
          Act.

8.8       Stamp Duty
          ----------

8.8.1     All instruments (other than those which have ceased to have a legal
          effect) executed by the Company (and which are or were subject to
          stamp duty) have been duly stamped.

8.8.2     The Company has no liability to stamp duty reserve tax.

8.9       Anti-Avoidance
          --------------

8.9.1     The Company has not entered into or been a party to any pre-ordained
          series of transactions, composite transactions or any other schemes or
          arrangements into which steps were inserted which served no purpose
          other than the saving of Taxation.

8.9.2     The Company has not been party to any other transaction or arrangement
          of any nature which has, or so far as the Warrantors are aware, could
          give rise to a charge to Taxation under Part XVII Taxes Act.

8.10      Close Company
          -------------

8.10.1    The Company is a close company for Taxation purposes.

8.10.2    The Company has no loan outstanding to which the provisions of
          sections 419 and 420 Taxes Act would apply.

8.10.3    The Company has not held and does not hold shares in a company not
          being another member of a group of companies (including the Company)
          as defined in section 170 TCGA which has made any such transfer as was
          referred to in section 125 TCGA.

8.10.4    The Company is not liable to be assessed to inheritance tax by virtue
          of section 202 IHTA.

8.10.5    There is no unsatisfied liability to inheritance tax attached or
          attributable to the shares in or to any assets of the Company such
          that they are subject to an Inland Revenue charge as mentioned in
          section 237 and 238 IHTA.

8.10.6    The Company is not entitled to any interest in possession in settled
          property.
<PAGE>
 
8.10.7    No person has or may acquire the power to raise an amount of
          inheritance tax by sale or mortgage of or by a terminal charge on any
          of the shares of the Company as mentioned in section 212 IHTA.

8.10.8    The Company has not made any transfers of value within section 94
          IHTA.

8.11      Events since the Balance Sheet Date
          -----------------------------------
          Since the Balance Sheet Date:-

8.11.1    the Company has not disposed of any asset  or made any supply of any
          service or business facility of any kind (including a loan of money or
          the letting, hiring or licensing of any property whether tangible or
          intangible) in circumstances where the consideration actually received
          or receivable for such disposal or supply is less than the
          consideration which could be deemed to have been received for the
          purposes of Taxation;

8.11.2    no event has occurred which gives rise to a liability to Taxation to
          the Company on deemed (as opposed to actual) income, profits or gains
          or which results in the Company becoming liable to pay or bear a
          liability to Taxation directly or primarily chargeable against or
          attributable to another person, firm or company;

8.11.3    the Company has not surrendered or claimed any ACT under Chapter V
          Taxes Act or any losses by way of group relief under the Taxes Act;

8.11.4    the Company has not paid any remuneration (including emoluments as
          defined by section 131 and sections 153-168 Taxes Act) to any officer,
          director or employee or to any member of his family or household in
          excess of such amount as will be deductible in computing the taxable
          profits of the Company;

8.11.5    no payment of an income or revenue nature in excess of (Pounds)5,000
          has been made by the Company which will not be deductible for the
          purposes of corporation tax (or any corresponding tax on profits in
          any relevant foreign jurisdiction), either in computing the profits of
          the Company or in computing the corporation tax or corresponding tax
          chargeable on it; and

8.11.6    no accounting period (as defined in section 12 Taxes Act) of the
          Company has ended as referred to in section 12(3) of that Act.
<PAGE>
 
8.12      Value Added Tax
          ---------------
          The Company is not and has never been registered for VAT nor has it
          ever been required to be so registered.

8.13      Employee share schemes
          ----------------------

8.13.1    The Company does not operate any share schemes (including those
          approved by the Inland Revenue and unapproved schemes, whether under
          Chapter II Part III Finance Act 1988 or otherwise) for the benefit of
          its employees.

8.13.2    The Company does not operate any profit related pay scheme.

8.14      Secondary liability
          -------------------

          So far as the Warrantors are aware no transaction or event has
          occurred in consequence of which the Company is or may be held liable
          for any Taxation or deprived of reliefs or allowances otherwise
          available to it or may be otherwise held liable for any Taxation for
          which some other company or person was primarily liable.

8.15      Payments equivalent to tax
          --------------------------

8.15.1    The Company has not in the previous six years entered into any
          indemnity, guarantee or covenant under which the Company has agreed or
          can be procured to meet or pay a sum equivalent to or by reference to
          another person's liability to Taxation.

8.15.2    The Company is not liable to make a payment to any person as a result
          of the discharge by that person of any liability of the Company to
          Taxation incurred on or before Completion.

8.16      Loan Relationships
          ------------------
          All interest, discounts or premiums payable by the Company in respect
          of its loan relationships within the meaning of Chapter II of Part IV
          of the Finance Act 1996 are capable of being brought into account as a
          debit for the purposes of that Chapter as and to the extent that they
          are from time to time recognised in the Company's accounts (assuming
          that the accounting policies and methods adopted for the purpose of
          the Accounts continue to be so adopted).

8.17      Withdrawal of Reliefs
          ---------------------
          The Warrantors are not aware of any circumstances whereby any relief
          which has been treated as an asset in preparing the Accounts could or
          might 
<PAGE>
 
          effectively be withdrawn, postponed, restricted or otherwise lost as a
          result of the sale and purchase under this Agreement or any other
          event or circumstance occurring or arising at any time after the
          Balance Sheet Date but before Completion.

8.18      Tax Administration
          ------------------
          The Disclosure Letter gives details of any determinations made under
          section 41A TMA in respect of the Company.
Part 9
- ------
CONTRACTS AND COMMITMENTS
- -------------------------
9.1       Capital commitments
          -------------------
          The Company had no capital commitments in excess of (Pounds)10,000 at
          the Balance Sheet Date and since then the Company has not made any
          capital expenditure or incurred any capital commitments in excess of
          (Pounds)10,000.

9.2       Subsisting contracts
          --------------------
          The Disclosure Letter contains true, complete and accurate copies or
          details (incorporating all the terms which currently apply) of every
          contract, covenant, commitment or arrangement to which the Company is
          a party and in respect of which any party to them has or may have any
          outstanding liability in excess of (Pounds)1,000 and which cannot be
          terminated on less than one month's notice without compensation save
          that in the case of customer contracts specimens only of such
          contracts are attached to the Disclosure Letter.

9.3       Mortgages and guarantees etc
          ----------------------------

9.3.1     The Company has not created nor has it agreed to create any loan
          capital or any mortgage, debenture, lien, charge or other similar
          encumbrance or security interest over all or any of its property,
          assets, undertaking, goodwill, reserves or share capital.

9.3.2     There are no guarantees, suretyships, indemnities or similar
          commitments (whether secured or unsecured) given by the Company in
          respect of which obligations or liabilities (whether actual or
          contingent) are still outstanding.
<PAGE>
 
9.4       No loans
          --------
          The Company has not made any loans or advanced any monies or credit to
          any person, firm or company (other than encashment of cheques and
          credit given on normal commercial terms in the ordinary and normal
          course of business).

9.5       Bank indemnities
          ----------------
          The Disclosure Letter contains true, complete and accurate copies
          (incorporating all the terms which currently apply) of all agreements
          and indemnities and memoranda of all arrangements, practices and
          understandings between the Company and its bankers, pursuant to which
          the Company's bankers agree to collect on the Company's behalf third
          party cheques encashed by the Company and/or pursuant to which the
          Company agrees to indemnify its bankers for any liability which they
          may incur to anyone in the course of doing so.

9.6       No partnership etc
          ------------------
          The Company is not a member of any partnership, joint venture, trade
          association, society or other group, whether formal or informal and
          whether or not having a separate legal identity, nor is any such body
          relevant to nor does any such body have any material influence over
          the business of the Company as now carried on.

9.7       Standard terms of business
          --------------------------
          The Disclosure Letter contains:-

9.7.1     copies of the Company's standard terms of business; and

9.7.2     full details of the fees, charges and other costs levied (by whatever
          name called) by the Company on its customers in connection with First
          Party Cheque Cashing and Third Party Cheque Cashing arrangements
          offered by the Company.

9.8       Non-arms length contracts
          -------------------------

9.8.1     None of the Warrantors nor any of their Associates nor any person in
          which any of them has or had any interest (direct or indirect, either
          solely or jointly with any other party and whether as shareholder,
          employee, director, consultant or otherwise) has (or has ever had) a
          trading relationship with the Company nor have any of them ever
          entered into any other type of transaction 
<PAGE>
 
          or arrangement with the Company (other than in the capacity as a
          shareholder or employee of the Company); and none of them provides (or
          has in the past provided) goods or services in competition with the
          Company.

9.8.2     The Company is not a party to, nor have its profits or financial
          position during the three years prior to the date hereof been affected
          by, any contract or arrangement which is not of an entirely arms-
          length nature made on open market terms.

9.9       Defaults, etc
          -------------

9.9.1     None of the obligations owed by any third party to the Company is
          unenforceable and no event has occurred as regards the Company which
          would entitle any third party to terminate any contract or benefit
          enjoyed by the Company or call in any money before the normal due date
          therefor.

9.9.2     Neither the Company nor any other party to any agreement, commitment,
          transaction or arrangement with the Company is in default to any
          material extent thereunder and so far as the Warrantors are aware
          there are no circumstances likely to give rise to such a default.

9.10      Liabilities
          -----------

9.10.1    There are no known liabilities (including contingent liabilities)
          which are outstanding on the part of the Company other than those
          liabilities disclosed or provided for in the Accounts or incurred, in
          the ordinary and normal course of trading, since the Balance Sheet
          Date.

9.10.2    There is no indebtedness or liability due, owing or incurred by the
          Company to the Warrantors or any of their Associates whether actually
          or contingently, whether solely or jointly with any other person and
          whether as principal or surety and there is no such indebtedness or
          liability due, owing or incurred to the Company by the Warrantors or
                                           --                                 
          any of their Associates.

9.10.3    There are no outstanding liabilities or commitments on the Company
          arising from any arrangements for the disposal of any shares, property
          or other assets (other than in the ordinary and normal course of
          business) previously owned by the Company.
<PAGE>
 
9.11      Payments to creditors
          ---------------------
          The Company has at all times paid its creditors within the times
          agreed with such creditors and there are no debts owing by the Company
          which are overdue for payment.

9.12      No restrictions on Company
          --------------------------
          The Company is not a party to any secrecy or confidentiality agreement
          or arrangement which may restrict the use or disclosure of information
          nor has it given any covenants limiting or excluding its right to do
          business and/or compete in any area or field with any other person.
Part 10
- -------
PENSIONS
- --------
10.1      No pension arrangements
          -----------------------
          The Company is not under any legal liability or obligation to provide
          any relevant benefits (as defined in section 612(1) of the Taxes Act)
          or any death or disability benefits not within that definition for any
          past or present officer or employee or their dependants or to pay
          contributions to any Personal Pension Scheme (as defined in section
          630 of the Taxes Act) in respect of such persons.

10.2      No pension arrangements to be introduced
          ----------------------------------------
          The Company has not given any undertakings or assurances to its
          officers, employees or consultants regarding the introduction of any
          provision for retirement, death or disability benefits (whether or not
          there is any obligation to do so) or the payment of contributions to
          Personal Pension Schemes (whether or not there is any obligation to do
          so).

10.3      No ex-gratia arrangements
          -------------------------
          The Company has not granted any ex gratia pension or other like
          payment to any of its past or present officers, employees, consultants
          or their dependants.
Part 11
- -------
OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
- ----------------------
11.1      Details
          -------
          The Disclosure Letter contains an accurate and complete list of all
          officers and employees of the Company as at 5 February 1999, showing
          all remuneration 
<PAGE>
 
          payable and other benefits provided or which the
          Company is bound to provide either now or in the future together with
          copies of all contracts of employment with the directors and the
          secretary of the Company and with all employees.

11.2      Statutory notices
          -----------------
          All appropriate notices have been properly issued under the Employment
          Protection (Consolidation) Act 1978 to all employees (including
          directors) of the Company.

11.3      No other service and consultancy arrangements
          ---------------------------------------------
          There are no service or consultancy agreements or arrangements
          outstanding between the Company and any other person apart from those
          disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

11.4      No bonus or commission arrangements
          -----------------------------------
          The Company is not bound or accustomed to make periodical or other
          payments (other than normal fixed salaries and wages) to employees,
          ex-employees, officers, consultants or others and no employee, officer
          or consultant has remuneration on a profit sharing or commission basis
          or by reference to the turnover, profits, sales or assets of the
          Company.

11.5      No share option scheme
          ----------------------
          The Company does not have and never has had any share option, share
          incentive, profit sharing or any other similar scheme.

11.6      Increases since Balance Sheet Date
          ----------------------------------
          Since the Balance Sheet Date:-

11.6.1    no remuneration or benefit has been paid or given or agreed to be paid
          or given to any officer, employee or consultant of the Company except
          at the rates in force on that date;

11.6.2    no general increase in the wages of the employees of the Company or
          any section or class of such employees has been made or agreed to be
          made (whether legally binding or not) either with the employees or
          their representatives nor has any negotiation or demand for such
          increase been entered into by or made to the Company; and

11.6.3    the Company has not received or been notified of any wage claim.
<PAGE>
 
11.7      Termination of employment
          -------------------------

11.7.1    All contracts of employment between the Company and its officers or
          employees are lawfully determinable by the Company without
          compensation by notice (not exceeding the relevant statutory minimum
          period of notice).

11.7.2    No director or executive of the Company, who is in receipt of
          remuneration in excess of (Pounds)20,000 per annum has given or
          received notice terminating his employment, except as expressly
          contemplated in this agreement, and no such executive will be entitled
          to give such notice as a result of the sale of the Shares to the
          Purchaser.

11.7.3    So far as the Warrantors are aware the Company has no reason to
          dismiss (nor does it wish to dismiss) any of its employees who is
          entitled to remuneration of at least (Pounds)10,000 per annum.

11.8      Claims by or against employees
           ------------------------------

11.8.1    The Company is not now, nor so far as the Warrantors are aware is it
          likely to be and has not since the Balance Sheet Date been, engaged in
          any legal proceedings or arbitration whether as plaintiff or defendant
          with any trade union or any person who is or has at any time been a
          director or an employee of the Company.

11.8.2    No person who is or was a director or employee of the Company has any
          right or made any claim (which has not yet been settled) to any
          compensation or other payment by reason of the termination of his
          employment (whether such termination constitutes unfair or wrongful
          dismissal redundancy or otherwise) or any breach by the Company of his
          terms of engagement or employment; so far as the Warrantors are aware
          there are no circumstances likely to lead to any such claims being
          made; and no gratuitous payment has been made or promised by the
          Company in connection with the termination or proposed termination of
          employment of any past or present director or employee.

11.8.3    No order has been or may be made for the reinstatement or re-
          engagement of any employee of the Company.

11.9      Industrial relations
          --------------------
          There is not and never has been any strike, picket, lock-out, go-slow,
          work-to rule or any other form of industrial dispute taken or
          threatened against the 
<PAGE>
 
           Company and to the best of knowledge, information and belief of the
           Warrantors there are no facts or circumstances which is likely to
           lead to any such industrial dispute.

11.10      Trade union recognition
           -----------------------

           No claim has been made by any trade union for recognition or for any
           improvement or amendment to the terms or conditions of employment of
           any employees of the Company and no claim for recognition has been
           referred to the Advisory Conciliation and Arbitration Service or to
           the Central Arbitration Committee nor is any trade union recognised
           by the Company in respect of any class of employees for any purpose
           whatsoever.

11.11      Working Time Regulations
           ------------------------

11.1.1     The Company has complied in full with its obligations under the
           Working Time Regulations 1998 (the "1998 Regulations") and, in
           particular and without limitation, with its record keeping
           obligations under Regulations 5(4) and 9 of the 1998 Regulations and
           the requirements under Regulations 4, 6, 7 and 8 of the 1998
           Regulations.

11.1.2     The Disclosure Letter contains complete and accurate copies of:-

11.11.2.1  all relevant agreements entered into pursuant to the 1998 Regulations
           (or, if in standard form, a copy of the standard form) and a list of
           all workers covered by any such agreement; and

11.11.2.2  a list of all workers whom the Company regards as falling within the
           terms of Regulation 20 or 21 of the 1998 Regulations.

Part 12
- -------
INSURANCE
- ---------
12.1       Full cover
           ----------
           The Company is and has been at all material times fully covered by
           valid insurance against the normal risks for the type of business
           carried on and assets and stock-in-trade owned or used by it
           (including adequate insurance for the full reinstatement value of
           such business, assets and stock-in-trade and against loss of profit)
           and so far as the Warrantors are aware nothing has been done or
           omitted to be done which could make any policy of insurance void or
           voidable.
<PAGE>
 
12.2       Details of insurance cover
           --------------------------
           Save for policies of insurance effected by the landlords in respect
           of the Properties the Disclosure Letter contains copies of all
           policies of insurance maintained by the Company (or which is
           maintained by a third party but in which the Company has an interest)
           and includes all information which the Purchaser shall reasonably
           require in order to assess the liability to pay premiums and the
           cover afforded under such policies (including details of current
           premiums, excess levels, any unusual terms or conditions contained in
           such policies, a history of claims made by the Company at any time
           under any insurance policies and circumstances which have arisen and
           may give rise to a claim under such policies).

12.3       Premiums paid
           -------------
           All premiums payable in respect of any insurance policy in which the
           Company has an interest have been duly paid.

12.4       No outstanding claims
           ---------------------
           There are no claims outstanding by the Company under any insurance
           policy nor, so far as the Warrantors are aware, are there any
           circumstances likely to give rise to any such claim or which would or
           might be required under any insurance policy to be notified to the
           insurers or which is likely to lead to any liability under such
           insurance policies being avoided by the insurers or the premiums
           being increased.

12.5       Effect of this agreement
           ------------------------
           No cover afforded by any policy of insurance which is maintained by
           the Company or which is maintained by a third party but in which the
           Company has an interest will terminate or be terminable at the option
           of the insurer or any third party by reason of the implementation of
           this agreement.
<PAGE>
 
Part 13
- -------
LITIGATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
- --------------------------------
13.1      Defaults by the Company
          -----------------------
          The Company is not and since the Balance Sheet Date has not been:-

13.1.1    in default under any agreement, deed, instrument, arrangement or
          covenant to which it is a party or in respect of any other obligations
          or restrictions binding upon it;

13.1.2    liable in respect of any representations or warranties (whether
          express or implied) or other matters giving rise to a duty of care on
          the part of the Company; or

13.1.3    liable to any fine or penalty as a result of committing or omitting to
          do any act or thing which is likely to give rise to such a liability;
          or

13.1.4    subject to any order or judgment given by any Court or government
          agency and has not been party to any undertaking or assurance given to
          any Court or governmental agency which is still in force;

13.2      Legal Proceedings
          -----------------
          The Company is not and has not since the Balance Sheet Date been
          engaged and so far as the Warrantors are aware there are no
          circumstances likely to lead to the Company becoming engaged in any
          legal proceedings (civil or criminal) or arbitration as plaintiff,
          defendant or otherwise howsoever except as plaintiff in normal debt
          collection and in respect of which the aggregate amount of debts due
          to the Company does not exceed (Pounds)500.

13.3      Disputes with Government departments
          ------------------------------------
          There is no dispute with any revenue or other government, local
          authority, administrative, official department entity or agency in the
          United Kingdom or elsewhere, in relation to the affairs of the Company
          and so far as the Warrantors are aware there are no facts which may
          give rise to any such dispute.

13.4      Personal injury claims
          ----------------------
          There are no claims pending or threatened, or capable of arising
          against the Company by an employee or third party in respect of any
          accident or injury which are not fully covered by insurance.
<PAGE>
 
13.5      Demands to pay
          --------------
          No demand has been served upon the Company under section 123 of the
          Insolvency Act 1986 and the Company has not received notice (whether
          formal or informal) from any lenders of money to the Company requiring
          repayment or intimating the enforcement by such lenders of any
          security which they may hold over any assets of the Company and there
          are no circumstances likely to give rise to any such notice being
          given.

13.6      Advertising materials
          ---------------------
          All advertising and marketing materials used in connection with the
          Company's business comply with all legal requirements in all countries
          in which these materials are used or proposed to be used. Such
          materials are not defamatory and there are no grounds under which such
          materials are likely to be challenged for any reason whatsoever
          including, without limitation, defamation, trade libel or any
          analogous law.
<PAGE>
 
FIFTH SCHEDULE
- --------------
TAX DEED
- --------

THIS DEED is made on       February 1999
- ---------                               
BETWEEN:-
- ---------

(1)       The persons whose names and addresses are set out in the schedule
          hereto ("Covenantors"); and
                  -------------      
(2)       DFG ACQUISITION LIMITED a company registered in England under number
          -----------------------                                             
          3701758 whose registered office is at c/o Ernst & Young, Rolls House,
          7 Rolls Building, Fetter Lane, London EC4A 1NH ("Purchaser").
                                                          -----------  
1         INTRODUCTION
          ------------

1.1       By an agreement ("Agreement") dated today and made between (1) the
                           -----------                                      
          Covenantors (2) the Purchaser and (3) Dollar (US) Canada, the
          Purchaser agreed to purchase the Shares (as defined in the Agreement).

1.2       Clause 4.2.11 of the Agreement provides that the Covenantors will
          deliver today a duly executed deed in this form.

2         DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
          ------------------------------
2.1       In this deed expressions defined in the Agreement shall bear the same
          meanings unless the context otherwise requires or unless they are
          expressly given different meanings.

2.2       In this deed unless the context otherwise requires:-

          "Accounts" means the audited balance sheet as at the Balance Sheet
          ---------- 
          Date and the audited profit and loss account for the period ended on
          the Balance Sheet Date of the Company together with the notes and
          directors' reports and other documents annexed to them (and for the
          purposes of identification only copies of the Accounts have been
          signed by or on behalf of the parties to the Agreement and are annexed
          thereto as appendix "A");

          "Balance Sheet Date" means 31 July 1998;
           --------------------                    

          "Claim" means any notice, demand, assessment, letter or other document
          -------                                                               
          issued, or action taken, by or on behalf of the Revenue or any other
          governmental or statutory authority, body or official, whether of the
          United 
<PAGE>
 
          Kingdom or elsewhere, whereby the Company is or may be placed under a
          liability to Taxation;

          "Company" means Instant Cash Loans Limited (registered number
          ---------
          2685515);
          
          "Event" includes any act, omission, transaction or circumstance,
          -------
          including (without limitation) any change in the residence of, or the
          death of, any person, the execution of the Agreement and Completion;

          "Purchaser's Group" means the Purchaser and DFG World Inc.;
          -------------------                                        

          "Relief" includes any loss, allowance, exemption, set-off, credit or
          --------                                                            
          deduction relevant to the computation of any Taxation or any right to
          repayment of Taxation;

          "Taxation" includes all forms of taxation, duties (including stamp
          ----------
          duty), levies, imposts, charges, withholdings, national insurance and
          other contributions and PAYE liabilities (including, in all cases, any
          penalty, fine, interest or surcharge in respect of the same) whenever
          created or imposed and whether of the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

2.3       A "Liability to Taxation" means:

2.3.1     any liability of the Company to make a payment of or in respect of
          Taxation; and

2.3.2     the loss, reduction, or non-availability of any Relief which was
          treated as an asset of the Company in the Accounts or which was taken
          into account in computing a provision for deferred Taxation in the
          Accounts or preventing the need for such a provision to be made, or
          the set-off of any Relief available to the Company which arises as a
          result of an Event after Completion in circumstances where but for
          such set-off there would have been a liability to Taxation in respect
          of which the Purchaser would have had a claim against the Covenantors
          under this deed and for the purposes of this clause 2.3.2 such
          Liability to Taxation shall be deemed to be equal to the amount (as
          appropriate) of:

2.3.2.1   Taxation which use of the relevant Relief would have otherwise saved
          (assuming Taxation to be otherwise payable); or

2.3.2.2   the repayment of Taxation to which the Company would otherwise have
          been entitled;
<PAGE>
 
          in each case on the basis of rates of Taxation current at the date of
          such loss, reduction, non-availability or set-off.

2.4       The covenants contained in this deed apply where the liability in
          question arises as a result of one or more Events or the combined
          effect of more than one Event where one such Event occurred on or
          before Completion or, where one such Event occurred after Completion,
          where one Event occurred outside the ordinary course of business of
          the Company on or before and another such Event occurred after
          Completion in the ordinary course of business of the Company (as
          carried on at the date of Completion) and for the purpose of this
          clause 2.4 the Events specified in clause 5.1.3 shall not be regarded
          as Events occurring in the ordinary course of business.

2.5       The covenants contained in this deed shall be construed as separate
          and independent and none of them shall be affected or restricted by
          any other except to the extent that any payment made by the
          Covenantors and received by the Purchaser in respect of one covenant
          shall discharge the same liability under the other covenants which
          shall arise out of the same subject matter.

3         COVENANTS
          ---------
3.1       The Covenantors jointly and severally covenant with the Purchaser to
          pay to the Purchaser an amount equal to:-

3.1.1     any Liability to Taxation in respect of, by reference to or in
          consequence of any income, profits or gains earned, accrued or
          received or deemed to have been earned, accrued or received on or
          before Completion;

3.1.2     any Liability to Taxation in respect of, by reference to or in
          consequence of any Event which occurred or is deemed to have occurred
          on or before Completion;

3.1.3     any Liability to Taxation for which it is not primarily liable in
          respect of, by reference to or in consequence of any Event which
          occurred or is deemed to have occurred on or before Completion;

3.1.4     any Liability to Taxation arising under clause 2.3.2 hereof;

3.1.5     any Taxation arising in respect of or in connection with any amounts
          paid or payable pursuant to or otherwise in connection with this deed
          provided that this clause shall not apply to the extent that such
          Taxation arises as the result 
<PAGE>
 
          of an assignment by the Purchaser of the benefit of this deed and/or
          the Agreement; and

3.1.6     subject to clause 7.2 all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by
          the Purchaser in enforcing the provisions of this deed.

3.2.1     All sums payable by the Covenantors under the covenants contained in
          this deed shall be paid free and clear of all deductions or
          withholdings or rights of counterclaim or set-off unless the deduction
          or withholding is required by law.

3.2.2     If the Covenantors are required by law to make any deduction or
          withholding from any payment under this deed, the sum due from the
          Covenantors in respect of such payment shall be increased to the
          extent necessary to ensure that after the making of such deduction or
          withholding the Purchaser receives and retains a net sum equal to the
          sum it would have received had no deduction or withholding been
          required to be made provided that if the Purchaser subsequently
          receives a credit (other than a credit against any Taxation on the sum
          in respect of which the withholding or deduction was made or against
          any Taxation in respect of which the Purchaser is indemnified under
          this deed in circumstances where the credit has been taken into
          account in calculating and so reducing the liability in respect of
          which the Purchaser is indemnified) for such deduction or withholding,
          then such credit shall be repaid to the Covenantors in cleared funds
          within 5 business days of receiving the same.

4.        FURTHER COVENANTS
          -----------------
          The Covenantors jointly and severally covenant with the Purchaser to
          pay to the Purchaser an amount equal to any corporation tax arising as
          a consequence of and by reference to the Company making or being
          deemed to have made a chargeable gain on the disposal of the benefit
          of the Pawn Broking Agreements pursuant to the dividend in specie
          declared on the date of this deed and any VAT chargeable in connection
          with any supply or deemed supply made pursuant to such Pawn Broking
          Agreements (together "the Dividend Liability") and for the purpose of
          this clause 4 the full amount of the Dividend Liability shall be borne
          jointly and severally by Rachel Hallam and Henry Hallam (and for the
          avoidance of doubt Martin Joyce and 
<PAGE>
 
          Christopher Gillam shall have no liability for the Dividend Liability
          under the terms of this deed).

5         EXCLUSIONS
          ----------
5.1       The covenants in clause 3.1 shall not apply to any Liability to
          Taxation to the extent that:-

5.1.1     a specific provision or reserve in respect of it was made in the
          Accounts;

5.1.2     it arises or is increased as a consequence of any retrospective change
          in the law enacted after Completion;

5.1.3     such Liability to Taxation results from actual profits or gains
          arising as a result of acts done or in consequence of transactions
          entered into in the ordinary course of the business of the Company
          between the Balance Sheet Date and Completion and for these purposes
          any Liability to Taxation arising as a consequence of:

5.1.3.1   any distribution or deemed distribution for Taxation purposes;

5.1.3.2   the disposal (which shall include any deemed disposal or deemed
          appropriation for Taxation purposes) of any asset or the supply of any
          service or business facility of any kind where the consideration (if
          any) received for such a disposal or supply is less than the
          consideration deemed to have been received for Taxation purposes to
          the extent of that difference;

5.1.3.3   any act done or transaction entered into which gives rise to a
          Liability to Taxation on deemed (rather than actual) income profits or
          gains;

5.1.3.4   any Event which results in a Liability to Taxation where such
          liability is chargeable on or attributable primarily to a person other
          than the Company (including any liability under Part VIII of the Taxes
          Management Act 1970);

5.1.3.5   an Event giving rise to a liability pursuant to any provision
          contained in Part XVII ICTA; or

5.1.3.6   a failure by the Company duly to deduct or account for Taxation shall
          not be regarded as arising as a result of acts done or transactions
          entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company.
<PAGE>
 
5.1.4     such Liability to Taxation would not have arisen but for any voluntary
          transaction, act or omission which was carried out or effected by the
          Purchaser or the Purchaser's Group at any time after Completion
          otherwise than in the ordinary course of business of the Company
          (unless such transaction or act was carried out or effected with the
          prior written approval of all of the Covenantors following receipt by
          all of them of all material details of the proposed transaction or act
          or pursuant to an obligation incurred prior to the date of this deed)
          and which the Purchaser, the Company or the relevant member of the
          Purchaser's Group, was, or ought reasonably to have been aware could
          give rise to a Liability to Taxation;

5.1.5     such Liability to Taxation arises or is increased as a result of:

5.1.5.1   a change after Completion in the accounting basis on which the Company
          values its assets, or a change in the accounting policy or practice of
          the Company;

5.1.5.2   the change after Completion of the date to which the Company makes up
          its accounts;

5.1.5.3   any change in published tax authority practice or any withdrawal of
          any published extra-statutory concession announced after Completion
          with retrospective effect;

5.1.5.4   the cessation or major change in nature after Completion of any trade
          or business carried on by the Company at Completion;

5.1.5.5   any failure by the Purchaser to comply with the time limits stated in
          clause 8 (Conduct of Claims);

5.1.6     it was paid or discharged on or before Completion and such payment or
          discharge is reflected in the Accounts;

5.1.7     payment has already been made to the Purchaser in respect of such
          Liability to Taxation by the Covenantors under this deed or by the
          Warrantors under the Agreement;

5.1.8     such Liability to Taxation would not have arisen but for the failure
          or omission by the Company after Completion to make any claim,
          election, surrender, revocation or disclaimer or give any notice or
          consent to do any other thing the making, giving or doing of which was
          taken into account in computing any 
<PAGE>
 
          provision or reserve for Taxation in the Accounts and which was
          specifically referred to in the Disclosure Letter (by reference to
          this clause);

5.1.9     it relates to any fine penalty or surcharge or interest arising by
          reason of any failure or delay on the part of the Company in paying to
          the relevant Taxation Authority any payment made pursuant to this deed
          by the Covenantors in full satisfaction of a claim by the Purchaser;
          or

5.1.10    it is advance corporation tax (or any other Liability to Taxation
          which may arise in respect of such advance corporation tax) arising in
          respect of the dividend in specie referred to in clause 4 unless the
          amount which is so assessable to advance corporation tax exceeds
          (Pounds)750,000 in which case the Covenantors shall be liable for all
          advance corporation tax on (and any other Taxation in connection with)
          such excess.

5.2       The Covenantors' liability under this deed is also limited to the
          extent that the provisions in Schedule 7 of the Agreement expressly
          provide for their liability to be so limited.

6         WAIVER
          ------
          No delay or omission of the Purchaser in exercising any rights under
          this deed shall prejudice such rights or be construed as a waiver or
          partial waiver of such rights, nor shall it exclude the further
          exercise of such rights.

7         PAYMENT
          -------

7.1       The Covenantors shall pay any amounts due under this deed in sterling
          in cleared funds within five business days of receiving a written
          demand in respect of a Liability to Taxation for which the Covenantors
          are liable under this deed or, if later:

7.1.1     where the Company is required to make payment in respect of a
          Liability to Taxation within the meaning of clause 2.3.1 of this deed,
          not less than five business days prior to the date on which the
          Company must make actual payment of the Taxation in question to the
          relevant Taxation authority in order to avoid incurring a liability to
          interest or a charge fine or penalty in respect of such Liability to
          Taxation; or
<PAGE>
 
7.1.2     where a Liability to Taxation relates to the loss reduction or non-
          availability of a right to a repayment of Taxation, not less than five
          business days prior to the date when the Company would have been
          entitled to receive the full amount of that repayment of Taxation were
          it not for its loss reduction or non-availability; or

7.1.3     in respect of any Liability to Taxation within clause 2.3.2 of this
          deed (other than a right to repayment of Taxation), no later than five
          business days prior to the date any Taxation is payable (but would not
          have been payable had the Relief in question been otherwise available
          or not been lost or reduced), or would have been otherwise payable (in
          the case of a set-off of a Relief), to the relevant Taxation authority
          in order to avoid incurring a liability to interest or a charge, fine
          or penalty in respect of such Liability to Taxation.

7.2       The Purchaser shall pay to the Covenantors any amounts due by it under
          this deed in sterling in cleared funds by the due date for payment
          specified in the relevant clause.

7.3       Any sums not paid by the Covenantors or the Purchaser on the due date
          for payment as specified in this clause shall bear interest (which
          shall accrue from day to day after as well as before any judgment for
          the same) at the annual rate of 2 percentage points above the base
          rate of National Westminster Bank plc from time to time from the due
          date up to and including the day of actual payment of such sums, such
          interest to be compounded quarterly and paid on demand to the party
          demanding it.

7.4       The Covenantors may at their own expense require the amount of any
          payments required to be made under this clause 7 to be certified by
          the auditors for the time being of the Company (acting as experts and
          not as arbitrators) and the amount so certified shall (save for
          manifest error) be conclusive and binding on the Covenantors.

8         CONDUCT OF CLAIMS
          -----------------

8.1       The Purchaser shall or shall procure that the Company shall give
          notice to the Covenantors as soon as reasonably practicable after it
          shall become aware of any Claim in respect of which a claim may be
          made pursuant to this deed and where there is a time limit for
          appealing the Claim, within ten business days of 
<PAGE>
 
          the Company receiving written notice of the Claim, together with such
          relevant information and documentation concerning such Claim in the
          possession of the Purchaser or the Company or any agents of the same
          (as the case may be) at that time.

8.2       Subject to the provisions of clause 8.3, following the receipt of
          written notice from all of the Covenantors stating that the
          Covenantors wish to have conduct of the Claim, the Purchaser shall and
          shall procure that the Company shall provide such assistance and take
          such action as the Covenantors may reasonably request to enable the
          Company to avoid, dispute, resist, compromise or defend any Claim and
          adjudication in respect thereof ("dispute") subject to the Purchaser
                                           ---------  
          and the Company indemnified and secured to the Purchaser's reasonable
          satisfaction by the Covenantors against all reasonable costs and
          expenses and all damages, interest, penalties and surcharges thereby
          incurred.

8.3       Subject to the provisions of this clause 8 any dispute shall be
          conducted by the Covenantors and:

8.3.1     the Covenantors shall keep the Purchaser fully informed of all
          relevant matters and shall promptly forward or procure to be forwarded
          to the Purchaser copies of all relevant correspondence and other
          relevant information and documentation received by them in connection
          with the dispute;

8.3.2     the Covenantors shall not and the Company shall not be required by the
          Covenantors to transmit to a Taxation authority any communications
          written or otherwise relating to the dispute which shall not first
          have been approved by the Purchaser such approval not to be
          unreasonably withheld or delayed;

8.3.3     the Covenantors shall not and the Company shall not be required by the
          Covenantors to make any settlement or compromise of the dispute nor
          agree any matter in the conduct of such dispute which is likely to
          materially  increase the amount being the subject thereof or adversely
          affect the future liability of the Purchaser or the Company to
          Taxation to a material extent without the prior approval of the
          Purchaser such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
<PAGE>
 
8.4       The Purchaser or the Company may without reference to any of the
          Covenantors admit, settle, discharge, compromise or otherwise deal
          with any outstanding or future Claim (without prejudice to their
          rights under this deed) if:

8.4.1     the Covenantors serve a notice on the Company or the Purchaser to the
          effect that in relation to any such dispute the Covenantors do not
          wish to take up or continue the conduct thereof;

8.4.2     a period of 20 business days has expired following the service of
          notice by the Purchaser or, as the case may be, the Company on the
          Covenantors pursuant to clause 8.1 where either the Covenantors have
          not made a request to the Purchaser in accordance with clause 8.2 or
          the Covenantors have made such a request but have failed to provide a
          duly executed indemnity and security in a manner which may reasonably
          be required by the Purchaser within the said period;

8.4.3     a period of 20 business days has expired following the service of
          notice (other than a notice under clause 8.1) by the Purchaser or the
          Company on the Covenantors to the effect that the Covenantors are not
          using their reasonable efforts to conduct the dispute, if by the
          expiry of that period the Covenantors have not made reasonable efforts
          so to conduct the dispute; or

8.4.4     in the reasonable opinion of the Purchaser, the Covenantors or the
          Company have committed any acts or omissions prior to Completion which
          constitute fraud or wilful default.

8.5       The Covenantors shall be bound to accept for the purposes of the
          covenants contained in this deed any admission, settlement, discharge
          or compromise of any Claim and the outcome of any proceedings relating
          thereto made or arrived at in accordance with the procedures set out
          in clause 8.4.

8.6       If the Covenantors do not exercise their right to request the
          Purchaser to take action pursuant to clause 8.2, they shall give such
          reasonable co-operation as the Company or the Purchaser may reasonably
          request for the purpose of admitting, settling, discharging,
          compromising or otherwise dealing with the Claim in question.
<PAGE>
 
9.        RELIEFS
          -------
          If the Purchaser becomes aware of a Relief which in its reasonable
          opinion has arisen in the circumstances referred to in this clause 9
          the Purchaser shall notify the Covenantors forthwith.  If the auditors
          for the time being of the Company shall certify (at the request and
          expense of the Covenantors) that any Liability to Taxation which has
          resulted in a payment having been made or becoming due from the
          Covenantors under the terms of this deed will give rise to a Relief
          for the Company or the Purchaser which would not otherwise (but for
          the Liability to Taxation) have arisen then as and when the liability
          of the Company or the Purchaser to make an actual payment of or in
          respect of Taxation is reduced by reason of that Relief ("the Relevant
          Date") the amount by which that liability is so reduced shall:

9.1       first be set off against any payment then due from the Covenantors
          under this deed;

9.2       to the extent that there is an excess, a refund shall be made within 5
          business days of the Relevant Date to the Covenantors of any previous
          payment or payments made by the Covenantors under this deed and not
          previously refunded under this clause, up to the amount of such
          excess; and

9.3       to the extent that the excess referred to in sub-clause 9.2 of this
          clause is not exhausted under that clause the remainder of that excess
          shall be carried forward and set off against any future payment or
          payments which become due from the Covenantors under this deed.

10.       PAYMENTS RECEIVED
          -----------------

10.1      If any payment is made by the Covenantors in full or partial discharge
          of a liability which has arisen under this deed in respect of a
          Liability to Taxation then:

10.1.1    if the Company or the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser's Group
          (as the case may be) subsequently receives from any person (other than
          the Company or the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser's Group or
          any person connected with any of them within the meaning of section
          839 Taxes Act) payment or a right of set-off against a liability of
          the Company or the Purchaser or a member of the Purchaser's Group (as
          the case may be) other 
<PAGE>
 
          than a Liability to Taxation in respect of which the Purchaser is
          indemnified under this deed which is owed to that person (which for
          the purposes of this clause only shall be termed a "Right of Set-off")
          in either case in respect of the Taxation in question the payment or
          Right of Set-off shall be dealt with in accordance with clause 10.2;
          or

10.1.2    if the Company or the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser's Group
          (as the case may be) is entitled to payment or a Right of Set-off in
          respect of the Taxation in question from any person (other than the
          Company or the Purchaser or any members of the Purchaser's Group or
          any person connected with any of them within the meaning of section
          839 Taxes Act) then the Purchaser shall as soon as reasonably
          practicable notify the Covenantors of that entitlement and, provided
          that the Covenantors agree to indemnify the Company and the Purchaser
          and the relevant member of the Purchaser's Group (as the case may be)
          against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or
          Purchaser or member of the Purchaser's Group (as the case may be) the
          Purchaser shall and shall procure that the Company and any relevant
          member of the Purchaser's Group shall take such action as the
          Covenantors shall reasonably request to enforce such Right of Set-off
          or recovery of such payment and any payment or Right of Set-off
          received shall be dealt with in accordance with clause 10.2;

10.2      Where it is provided under clause 10.1 that the payment or Right of
          Set-off is to be dealt with in accordance with this clause:

10.2.1    in the case of a payment, the Purchaser shall or shall procure that
          the Company or the relevant member of the Purchaser's Group shall
          within five business days of receipt by the relevant company pay to
          the Covenantors the amount of the payment received (less any Taxation
          payable or costs and expenses of recovery incurred by the recipient in
          respect thereof other than any costs and expenses previously paid by
          the Covenantors pursuant to the indemnity in clause 10.1.2) together
          with so much of any interest or repayment supplement (or equivalent
          thereof) paid to the recipient of the payment in
<PAGE>
 
          respect thereof (less any Taxation payable by the recipient in respect
          thereof) subject to a maximum of the payment made by the Covenantors
          referred to in clause 10.1;

10.2.2    in the case of a Right of Set-off, the Purchaser shall or shall
          procure that the Company or the relevant member of the Purchaser's
          Group shall within five business days of the date on which the
          liability in question would have been payable by the Company, the
          Purchaser or the relevant member of the Purchaser's Group (as the case
          may be) but for the exercise of the Right of Set-off, pay to the
          Covenantors an amount equal to the amount of Taxation which would have
          been otherwise recoverable by the Company, the Purchaser or the
          relevant member of the Purchaser's Group subject to a maximum of the
          payment made by the Covenantors referred to in clause 10.1.

11.       OVERPROVISION
          -------------

11.1      If at the request and expense of the Covenantors the Auditors for the
          time being of the Company shall certify that any provision of Taxation
          (excluding deferred taxation) in the Accounts is an overprovision then
          the amount of such overprovision shall be dealt with in accordance
          with clause 11.2

11.2      Where it is provided under this clause 11 that any amount
          ("Overprovided Amount") is to be dealt with in accordance with this
          clause:

11.2.1    the Overprovided Amount shall first be set off against any payment
          then due from the Covenantors under this deed;

11.2.2    to the extent the Overprovided Amount exceeds the sum set off under
          clause 11.2.1 a refund shall be made to the Covenantors of any
          previous payment or payments made by the Covenantors under this deed
          and not previously refunded under this deed up to the amount of such
          excess within five business days of the Overprovided Amount being
          certified; and

11.2.3    to the extent that the Overprovided Amount exceeds the sums set off
          and repayable under sub-clauses 11.2.1 and 11.2.2 the remainder of
          that excess shall be carried forward and set off against any future
          payment or payments which become due from the Covenantors under this
          deed.
<PAGE>
 
12.       TAX RETURNS
          -----------

12.1      The Covenantors or their duly authorised agents shall be responsible
          for and have the conduct of preparing, submitting to and agreeing with
          the relevant Taxation Authority at the cost of the Covenantors all tax
          returns and computations of the Company for all accounting periods
          ended on or prior to Completion ("Relevant Returns").

12.2      The Covenantors shall keep the Purchaser fully informed of its conduct
          of the Company's tax affairs in respect of the Relevant Returns and
          all material written communications relating thereto shall be
          submitted to the Purchaser or (at the Purchaser's direction) to its
          duly authorised agents in draft for its or their comments and the
          Covenantors shall incorporate any reasonable comments made by the
          Purchaser relating thereto.

12.3      The Purchaser shall procure that the Company or their duly authorised
          agents afford such access to its books, accounts and records and
          provide all such assistance as the Covenantors or its duly authorised
          agents may reasonably request in order to carry out their obligations
          under this clause.

12.4      The Purchaser or its duly authorised agents shall be responsible for
          and have the conduct of preparing, submitting to and agreeing with the
          relevant Taxation Authority the tax return and computation of the
          Company in respect of the accounting period current at Completion.

12.5      The Purchaser shall keep the Covenantors reasonably informed upon
          request of the Covenantors of its conduct of the Company's tax affairs
          in respect of the tax return and computations for the current
          accounting period of the Company as at the date of Completion ("the
          Current Return") and shall submit the Current Return and any
          corporation tax computations relating thereto to the Covenantors for
          comment prior to submission to the relevant Taxation authority.

13.       PURCHASER'S COVENANT
          --------------------

13.1      The Purchaser covenants with the Covenantors and each of them to hold
          the Covenantors fully indemnified against any liability of the
          Covenantors to make a payment to the Inland Revenue pursuant to the
          provisions of section 767A or section 767AA ICTA which would not have
          arisen but for the failure 
<PAGE>
 
          by the Company or, in the case of a Liability to Taxation arising
          pursuant to section 767AA ICTA, an associate of the Company (as
          defined in section 767AA(8) ICTA, to discharge a liability to Taxation
          which

13.1.1    in the case of a liability under section 767A ICTA relates to an
          accounting period beginning prior to Completion; and

13.1.2    in the case of liability under section 767AA ICTA, relates to an
          accounting period ending on or after Completion.

13.2      The Purchaser covenants with the Covenantors and each of them to hold
          the Covenantors fully indemnified against any interest penalties costs
          and expenses reasonably incurred by the Covenantors in connection with
          any liability referred to in clause 13.1.

13.3      The Purchaser shall have no liability pursuant to this clause 13 to
          the extent that the corporation tax liability in question would give
          rise to a liability of the Covenantors to the Purchaser pursuant to
          clause 3.1 of this deed.

13.4      The Covenantors shall give notice to the Purchaser and the Company as
          soon as reasonably practicable after any one of them shall become
          aware of a liability to Taxation in respect of which the Covenantors
          could make a claim under the provisions of this clause 13.

13.5      The Purchaser shall make payment to the Covenantors pursuant to the
          terms of the indemnity in this clause 13 not less than 5 business days
          prior to the date on which the Covenantors must make payment to the
          Inland Revenue pursuant to the provisions of section 767A or section
          767AA ICTA or if later, within 5 business days of receiving notice
          pursuant to clause 13.4.

14        REDUCTION OF PURCHASE PRICE
          ---------------------------
          Any amounts payable pursuant to this deed shall be deemed to
          constitute a reduction in the Consideration.

15.       ASSIGNMENT
          ----------
          The provisions of clauses 10.4.1 and 10.4.2 of the Agreement shall
          apply equally to this deed.

16.       NOTICES
          -------
          The provisions of clause 13 of the Agreement shall apply equally to
          this deed.
<PAGE>
 
17.       LAW
          ---
          The provisions of clause 14 of the Agreement shall apply equally to
          this deed.
<PAGE>
 
                                    SCHEDULE
                                    --------
                              ("the Covenantors")


Rachel Hallam
Nuthall Lodge
29 Nottingham Road
Nottingham
NG16 1DH


Christopher Gillam
Whitewell Hall
Whitewell on the Hill
York
Y06 7JJ

Martin Joyce
Low Hall
Curly Hill
Middleton
Ilkley
LS29 0AQ

Henry Hallam
Nuthall Lodge
29 Nottingham Road
Nottingham
NG16 1DH
<PAGE>
 
SIGNED AS A DEED by         )
RACHEL HALLAM               )
in the presence of:-        )


SIGNED AS A DEED by         )
CHRISTOPHER GILLAM          )
in the presence of:-        ) 


SIGNED AS A DEED by         )
MARTIN JOYCE                )
in the presence of:-        )


SIGNED AS A DEED by         )
HENRY HALLAM                )
in the presence of:-        )


EXECUTED AS A DEED by       )
DFG ACQUISITION LIMITED     )
acting by                   )
                            )
and                         )
                            )

Director:

Director/Secretary:
<PAGE>
 
SIXTH SCHEDULE
- --------------

PAYMENT OF THE SUBSEQUENT CONSIDERATION
- ---------------------------------------
1.        Definitions
          -----------
          For the purposes of this schedule, unless the context otherwise
          requires:

          "Business" shall mean the Company's business of First Party Cheque
          ----------                                                        
          Cashing and Third Party Cheque Cashing as carried on from the Existing
          Properties at the date of this agreement; and no business (whether of
          the same or a different kind) which shall be carried on by the Company
          at another location during the Earn Out Period shall form part of "the
          Business" for the purpose of this schedule;

          "Earn Out Period" means the period from Completion to 31 July 2000
          -----------------                                                 
          inclusive;

          "Independent Accountants" means such firm of Chartered Accountants as
          -------------------------                                            
          the Vendors and the Purchaser may appoint to act as the "Independent
          Accountants" in accordance with this schedule or, (if the parties fail
          to so agree within 14 days after either party shall have nominated a
          particular firm in accordance with paragraph 3), such firm as may be
          appointed (at the request of either party) by the President for the
          time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and
          Wales;

          "Instalment" means either the Second Instalment or the Third
          ------------                                                
          Instalment;
          
          "Existing Properties" means the premises briefly described in the
          ---------------------                                            
          Property Schedule excluding the Head Office at Players Street,
          Nottingham;

          "Purchaser's Group" means the Purchaser and any undertaking which
          -------------------                                              
          shall be its parent undertaking and any undertaking which shall be a
          subsidiary undertaking of the Purchaser or any such parent undertaking
          for the time being and any of them other than the Company;

          "Relevant Accounts" means the profit and loss accounts for each of the
          -------------------                                                   
          two periods of twelve months ending on 31 July 1999 and 31 July 2000
          of the Company in relation to the Business as carried on from the
          Properties (but not from any other properties from which the Company
          may trade during the relevant period) which shall be prepared by the
          Purchaser pursuant to paragraph 3 of this schedule in accordance with
          generally accepted UK 
<PAGE>
 
          accounting practices and principles, including Statements of Standard
          Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting Standards and subject
          thereto on a basis consistent with and using the accounting
          principles, policies and practices adopted in the Accounts; and the
          Relevant Accounts for any particular period (eg "the Relevant Accounts
          for 1999") shall be the Relevant Accounts for the twelve months ending
          on 31 July in that year (eg the Relevant Accounts for the 12 months
          ending on 31 July 1999);

          "Relevant Profits" shall mean and be computed in accordance with
          ------------------                                              
          paragraph 2 of this schedule; and the Relevant Profits for any
          particular period (e.g. "the Relevant Profits for 1999") shall be the
          Relevant Profits calculated by reference to the Relevant Accounts for
          the twelve month period ending on 31 July in that  year (eg the
          Relevant Profits for the 12 months ending 31 July 1999);

          "Relevant Statement" means a statement showing the adjustments, if
          --------------------                                              
          any, which are required to be made to the Relevant Accounts in order
          to arrive at the Relevant Profits together with a statement of an
          amount of an Instalment to be issued pursuant to paragraph 3 of this
          schedule;

          "the Reporting Accountants" means Ernst & Young of 14 King Street,
          ---------------------------                                       
          Leeds LS1 2JN  acting on behalf of the Purchaser;

          "Reviewing Accountants" means a firm of chartered accountants
          -----------------------                                      
          nominated by the Vendors;

          "Second Instalment" means an amount calculated in accordance with the
          -------------------                                                  
          following formula:


if the Relevant Profits for 1999 shall
be less than (Pounds)1,500,000:            the Second Instalment shall be
                                           (Pounds)500,000 in any event even if
                                           the Company makes loss during that
                                           period.

if the Relevant Profits for 1999 shall be
 (Pounds)1,500,000 or more:                       
                                           the Second Instalment shall be
                                           (Pounds)500,000 plus (Pound)1 for
                                           each (Pound)1 (if any) 
<PAGE>
 
                                           by which the Relevant Profits for
                                           1999 shall exceed (Pounds)1,500,000
                                           up to a maximum of (Pounds)2,000,000
                                           (so that the Second Instalment shall
                                           not exceed (Pounds)1,000,000 in any
                                           circumstances whatsoever);

          "Second Instalment Statement" means the Relevant Statement to be
          -----------------------------                                   
          issued in relation to the Second Instalment pursuant to paragraph 3.10
          of this schedule; and "Third Instalment Statement" means the Relevant
                                ----------------------------                   
          Statement to be issued in relation to the Third Instalment pursuant to
          paragraph 3.10 of this schedule.

          "Third Instalment" means an amount calculated in accordance with the
          ------------------                                                  
          following formula:-


if the Relevant Profits for 2000 shall 
be less than (Pounds)2,040,000:               the Third Instalment shall be nil
 


if the 2000 Relevant Profits shall 
be (Pounds)2,040,000 or more:                 the Third Instalment shall be: (a)
                                              (Pounds)333,333 plus (Pounds)1.852
                                              for each (Pound)1 (if any) by
                                              which the Relevant Profits for
                                              2000 shall exceed
                                              (Pounds)2,040,000 up to a maximum
                                              of (Pounds)2,400,000 (so that
                                              under this paragraph (a) the Third
                                              Instalment shall not exceed
                                              (Pounds)1,000,000); plus (b) if,
                                              and to the extent that, the
                                              Relevant Profits for 1999 shall be
                                              less than (Pounds)2,000,000 ("the
                                              1999 Shortfall") (Pound)1 for
                                              every (Pound)1 (if any) by which
                                              the Relevant Profits for 2000
                                              shall exceed (Pounds)2,400,000 by
                                              the amount of the 1999 Shortfall;
                                    
<PAGE>
 
                                              provided that under this paragraph
                                              (b) the Third Instalment shall not
                                              exceed the amount of the 1999
                                              Shortfall.



2.        Relevant Profits
          ----------------

          For the purposes of this schedule "Relevant Profits" shall mean the
                                            ------------------               
          net trading profit before Taxation on the ordinary activities of the
          Business of the Company from the Existing Properties (but not any
          other properties from which the Company may trade during the Earn Out
          Period) as shown in the Relevant Accounts (after making any
          adjustments considered by Reporting Accountants and the Reviewing
          Accountants to be necessary so that the Relevant Accounts comply with
          the provisions of this schedule), but to the extent if any not already
          taken into account;

2.1       after charging or providing for all losses, costs, charges and
          expenses borne or incurred by the Company in relation to the Business
          but not forming part of central overheads and properly chargeable
          against revenue in the period to which the Relevant Accounts relate
          (save as provided for in paragraph 2.3) including (without prejudice
          to the generality of the foregoing):

2.1.1     commissions and bonuses paid to employees of the Company not forming
          part of central overheads;

2.1.2     all other reasonable expenses of management including staff costs
          (including contributions to pension schemes) and operating, financial
          and administrative expenses relating to the Business and not included
          in central overheads;

2.1.3     bad and doubtful debts;

2.1.4     expenditure in connection with leasing or hiring commitments incurred
          directly for the purposes of the Company's Business not forming part
          of central overheads;

2.1.5     all rental and other costs in relation to the occupation by the
          Company of the Properties not forming part of central overheads;

2.1.6     a contribution (equal to 14% of the income of the Business by
          reference to which the Relevant Profits shall be calculated) towards
          the costs of the central 
<PAGE>
 
          overheads of the Company provided that the aggregate amount of this
          contribution shall not in any event exceed the aggregate amount of the
          actual central overheads of the Company for the relevant period;

2.1.7     profit on the encashment of cheques shall be recognised when the
          cheque is encashed by the Company;

2.1.8     before charging any compensation for loss of office payable to Mr
          Hallam; and

2.2       after making appropriate adjustments in respect of any prior year
          items which ought (in accordance with the accounting policies
          previously adopted by the Company) to be dealt with in the profit and
          loss account of the period in which they are recognised (rather than
          being adjusted against the opening balance of retained profits or
          reserves); and

2.3       before crediting to, charging against, including or making provision
          in those accounts for any of the following:-

2.3.1     any items of an extraordinary, exceptional or non-recurring nature;
          for the avoidance of doubt the costs of opening any of the Properties
          since the Balance Sheet Date - including initial advertising - are
          exceptional items);

2.3.2     any profits or losses of a capital nature save in relation to First
          Party Cheque Cashing or for the avoidance of doubt Third Party Cheque
          Cashing;

2.3.3     any interest payable or receivable by the Company;

2.3.4     corporation tax and any other form of Taxation levied upon or measured
          by profits or gains;

2.3.5     depreciation and amortisation;

2.3.6     any appropriation to or from reserves of a capital or revenue nature;
          and

2.3.7     any dividends paid or proposed to be paid by the Company;

2.3.8     any management charges for goods or services reasonably required by
          the Company or of the Purchaser's group (save for goods and services
          which shall be supplied on arm's length terms);

2.3.9     any costs or liabilities arising from the giving of any guarantee or
          agreement for indemnity or surety for any obligation of any person;

2.3.10    any costs or liabilities arising from a failure by the Purchaser or
          the Company in complying with the obligations set out in paragraphs
          5.4 and 5.5 below;
<PAGE>
 
2.3.11    any facts or circumstances occurring prior to 31 July 1998 which (but
          for the provisions of the seventh schedule) give rise to a claim on
          the part of the Warrantors under this Agreement or the Tax Deed;

2.4       after crediting (Pounds)50,000 to the Relevant Profits for the 12
          months ending 31 July 1999 and (Pounds)100,000 to the Relevant Profits
          for the 12 months ending 31 July 2000 to reflect the fact that the
          Company will cease to carry on its pawnbroking business from its
          Nottingham store during the Earn Out Period; and

2.5       after crediting:-

2.5.1     an appropriate amount for profits that would have been earned but for
          breaches of paragraphs 5.4 and 5.5 of this sixth schedule;

2.5.2     the profits of any new shop from which the business of cheque cashing
          shall be carried on and which shall be opened by the Company during
          the Earn Out Period within a 5 mile radius of one of the Properties,
          if and to then extent that such new shop shall have a detrimental
          effect on the profits of that Property; and

2.5.3     (if the Company's existing shop in Birmingham shall be closed during
          the Earn Out Period) the profits of any new shop from which the
          business of cheque cashing shall be carried and which shall be opened
          by the Company during the Earn Out Period within a 5 mile radius of
          the Company's existing shop in Birmingham, determined in the manner
          set out in this paragraph 2.

3.        Preparation and agreement of Relevant Accounts
          ----------------------------------------------

3.1       The Purchaser shall procure that draft Relevant Accounts shall be
          prepared with all reasonable speed following the end of the relevant
          period to which they are to relate (and in any event within 3 months
          of the end of the relevant period) with a view to the Reporting
          Accountants reporting that in their opinion the Relevant Accounts have
          been prepared in accordance with this schedule.

3.2       As soon as practicable after the draft of the Relevant Accounts
          becomes available the Purchaser shall instruct the Reporting
          Accountants to prepare their report (if necessary after making any
          changes to the draft of the Relevant Accounts which the Reporting
          Accountants shall consider to be necessary so 
<PAGE>
 
          that the Relevant Accounts comply with this schedule) together with a
          draft of the Relevant Statement.

3.3       The Reporting Accountants shall have access to all the Company's
          books, documents and records, directors and staff which/whom it shall
          be reasonably necessary for them to investigate or interview in
          relation to their report on the Relevant Accounts and the preparation
          of the Relevant Statement.

3.4       As soon as they shall have completed their report, the Reporting
          Accountants shall submit the draft of the Relevant Accounts
          (incorporating any amendments which the Reporting Accountants shall
          consider to be necessary so that they comply with this schedule) with
          a draft of the Relevant Statement to the  Vendors, the Purchaser and
          the Reviewing Accountants.

3.5       The Reviewing Accountants shall notify the Reporting Accountants in
          writing whether or not they agree that the draft Relevant Accounts and
          the draft of the Relevant Statement as submitted to them have been
          prepared in accordance with this schedule within 45 business days
          after they shall have received them; and if they do not agree the
          Reviewing Accountants shall give particulars and explanations of the
          adjustments which they consider should be made. For these purposes, if
          no such notification and (where appropriate) particulars and
          explanations) shall be given by the Reviewing Accountants within such
          period they shall be deemed to have agreed that the draft Relevant
          Accounts and the draft of the Relevant Statement have been prepared in
          accordance with the relevant provisions of this schedule.

3.6       If (within 30 days after the Reviewing Accountants shall have notified
          the Reporting Accountants in accordance with paragraph 3.5) the
          Reporting Accountants and the Reviewing Accountants shall be unable to
          agree what adjustments (if any) should be made so that the draft
          Relevant Accounts and the draft Relevant Statement are prepared in
          accordance with this schedule then the matters outstanding or in
                                        ---- 
          dispute shall, on the application of either the Vendors or the
          Purchaser, immediately be referred to the Independent Accountants who
          shall be instructed to report whether or not the draft Relevant
          Accounts and/or the draft of the Relevant Statement do comply with
          this schedule and if not to make such adjustments thereto as they
          shall consider 
<PAGE>
 
          necessary to ensure that they do.

3.7       The Vendors and Purchaser will procure (so far as they are each able
          to do so) that the Company and the Reporting Accountants will make
          available to the Reviewing Accountants and (if appointed) the
          Independent Accountants such of the Company's books, documents,
          records, directors and staff together with access to such premises and
          the use of facilities as may be reasonably required in relation to the
          tasks which this agreement contemplates they will carry out.

3.8       The Independent Accountants, if appointed, shall act as experts and
          not as arbitrators and their decisions on the matters which shall be
          referred to them shall be final and binding on the parties (save in
          the case of manifest error).

3.9       The costs of the Independent Accountants in connection with the
          matters which shall be referred to them shall be borne as the
          Independent Accountants shall direct or in default of such direction
          as to one half by the Vendors and as to the other half by the
          Purchaser.

3.10      The Relevant Accounts and the Relevant Statement shall be re-issued to
          the Vendors and the Purchaser by the Reporting Accountants within 3
          business days after and in the form (the "Final Form") in which the
                                                   ------------
          Relevant Accounts and the Relevant Statement shall have been agreed
          between the Reporting and Reviewing Accountants or determined by the
          Independent Accountants in accordance with the provisions of this
          schedule.

3.11      The issue of the Relevant Accounts and the Relevant Statement in the
          Final Form pursuant to paragraph 3.10 of this schedule shall be final
          and binding on the parties hereto (save in the event of manifest
          error).

3.12      The provisions of this paragraph shall apply in the same way to each
          of the Relevant Accounts for 1999 and 2000 and the Second and Third
          Instalment Statements.

4.        Payment of the Subsequent Consideration
          ---------------------------------------

4.1       The Subsequent Consideration shall be paid as follows:-

4.1.1     the Second and Third Instalments (if any) shall be satisfied by the
          issue of Subsequent Loan Notes to the Vendors;

4.1.2     any amounts shown to be due to the Vendors in accordance with the
          draft Relevant Statements which shall be prepared by the Reporting
          Accountants 
<PAGE>
 
          pursuant to clause 3.2 shall be satisfied within 7 days of
          such draft statement being issued provided that (Pounds)500,000 shall
          be satisfied on 31st October 1999 in any event; and

4.1.3     any additional amounts which may be due to the Vendors in accordance
          with the Relevant Settlement in the Final Form, (or, to the extent
          that any initial amounts which shall be satisfied pursuant to
          paragraph 4.1.2 shall exceed the amounts due to the Vendors pursuant
          to the Relevant Statement in the Final Form, such overpayment) shall
          be satisfied (or repaid) to the relevant party within 7 days of such
          Relevant Statements in Final Form being issued together with Interest
          from the date on which the relevant amount shall have been satisfied
          pursuant to clause 4.1.2 above.

4.2       The Second and Third Instalments shall be paid to the Vendors in the
          proportions specified in column 4 of the First Schedule.

4.3       Any payments in cash shall be made by cheque posted (at their risk) to
          the Vendors at their address for service of which in accordance with
          this agreement.

5.        Provisions which apply during Earn Out Period
          ---------------------------------------------

5.1       The Purchaser shall be entitled to require the Company during the Earn
          Out Period to:

5.1.1     comply with the budgeting, forecasting and reporting procedures and
          requirements of the Purchaser and comply with and participate in the
          Purchaser's Group's banking and treasury arrangements from time to
          time in force;

5.1.2     comply with all such regulations and requirements which are necessary
          having regard to the fact that the Company is a member of a group of
          companies securities in which the ultimate holding company are listed,
          dealt in or traded on a recognised stock exchange;

5.1.3     fully consult with the Purchaser in respect of all matters concerning
          strategic development and not make any acquisition of any business or
          company or enter into any joint venture or partnership with any third
          party without the consent of the Purchaser; and

5.1.4     to cease carrying on any pawnbroking business.
<PAGE>
 
5.2       Neither the Vendors nor Mr Hallam shall be entitled to require during
          the Earn Out Period that the Company shall:-

5.2.1     change the nature, scope or manner of conducting any of its businesses
          from those carried on by the Company at the date of this agreement or
          subsequently approved by the Purchaser;

5.2.2     pay any salary or other remuneration to directors of the Company or
          other senior executives in excess of that provided for in their
          respective service agreements or otherwise amend the service
          agreements of any such persons or pay any bonus to employees of the
          Company save where otherwise agreed in budgets already approved by the
          Purchaser or engage or dismiss any such persons without the approval
          of the Purchaser;

5.2.3     commence or threaten any material litigation or arbitration
          proceedings;

5.2.4     enter into any material contract or arrangement outside the ordinary
          course of business or of a long term nature or enter into any
          guarantee or indemnity for the obligations of any third party; and

5.2.5     make any acquisition or disposal, (including the leasing, mortgaging,
          charging or pledging of any assets of the Company) except where
          provided for in budgets already approved by the Purchaser.

5.3       The Purchaser shall be entitled to use its powers in relation to any
          shares in the Company which it owns or controls to procure in so far
          as it is able the obligations under paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2 are
          complied with.

5.4       During the Earn Out Period:-

5.4.1     this agreement shall be personal to the parties to it and may not be
          assigned by them save that the benefit (but not the burden) of any of
          its provisions may be assigned by the Purchaser to:-

5.4.1.1   any company (an "associated company") which shall be a wholly owned
                          --------------------                               
          subsidiary of the Purchaser or which shall be a holding company of
          100% of the shares of the Purchaser or a wholly owned subsidiary of
          such holding company but only for so long as such company remains an
          associated company of the Purchaser; or

5.4.1.2   the Purchaser's bankers and/or insurers for the time being; and

5.4.2     the Company is to be operated as a separate subsidiary of the
          Purchaser to 
<PAGE>
 
          protect the integrity of the provisions of the sixth schedule and
          avoid its artificial manipulation.

5.5       The Purchaser shall and shall procure that each member of the
          Purchaser's group (including where the context so admits the Company)
          shall, during the Earn Out Period:-

5.5.1     not treat the Company on terms which are less favourable than if the
          Purchaser and the Company were operating on an arm's length basis;

5.5.2     not intentionally take or omit to take any action which is designed
          solely to affect adversely any payments to the Vendors in accordance
          with sixth schedule, provided that at all times the Purchaser can
          manage the Company in any way it thinks fit;

5.5.3     not petition for a members' voluntary winding up of the Company or
          permit or procure the passing of a resolution to wind up the Company,
          save that the Purchaser shall at all times be able to wind up the
          Company if the Company is unable to pay its debts as and when they
          fall due, or the winding up is part of a bona fide reorganisation,
          amalgamation or reconstruction.

5.6       The management accounts of the Company shall continue to be produced
          in substantially the form in which the Management Accounts were
          produced.

6.        Applicability of Warranties and Tax Deed
          ----------------------------------------

6.1       The approval of any Relevant Accounts or Statement by or on behalf of
          the Purchaser (and all matters and things consequent to such approval)
          shall not operate or be deemed to operate as a waiver of any of the
          Purchaser's rights powers or privileges or of any of the other terms
          and conditions of this agreement.

6.2       If it shall be found before the payment of the Subsequent
          Consideration that any matter which is the subject of a Warranty is
          not as so warranted or represented or any claim under the Tax Deed is
          threatened or pending then subject to the seventh schedule the
          Purchaser shall be entitled to withhold out of such balance the amount
          reasonably estimated by the Purchaser that would be payable by the
          Warrantors pursuant to the agreement as a result, but shall pay/issue
          Loan Notes in respect of any amounts not disputed.
<PAGE>
 
SEVENTH SCHEDULE
- ----------------

WARRANTOR LIMITATIONS
- ---------------------

 
     In this schedule "claim" means any claim which would be capable of being
     made against the Warrantors in respect of any liability under the
     Warranties (or where the context admits under the Tax Deed) and references
     to the Purchaser shall include references to the Guarantor.

     Notwithstanding anything contained in this agreement, the liability of the
     Warrantors under the Warranties (and where expressly stated, the liability
     of the Covenantors under the Tax Deed) shall be limited as follows:-

1.   Aggregate de minimis
     --------------------

     No liability under the Warranties or the Tax Deed shall arise unless the
     total amount of the net liability in respect of all claims which the
     Purchaser is entitled to make exceeds in aggregate (Pounds)100,000 in which
     case the Warrantors shall (subject to the other provisions of this seventh
     schedule) be liable for the whole amount of the claim and not simply the
     excess. For the purposes of this paragraph "net liability" shall mean the
     actual net amount for which the Warrantors would be liable.

2.   Maximum liability clauses
     -------------------------

     The maximum aggregate liability of each Warrantor in respect of all claims,
     together with their liability under clauses 7.4 and 7.5 and the Tax Deed,
     shall not in any event exceed that part of the Consideration received or
     receivable by him or her (save that Mr Hallam and Rachel Djadi-Hallam's
     liability shall be limited to the amount of the Consideration received or
     receivable by Rachel Djadi-Hallam pursuant to this agreement).

3.   Time for claims
     ---------------

3.1  Subject to paragraph 3.2 all liability of the Warrantors under the
     Warranties, save which relate to Taxation, shall terminate on the second
     anniversary of the date of this agreement; and

3.2  all liability of the Warrantors under Warranties relating to Taxation and
     all liability of the Covenantors under the Tax Deed shall terminate on the
     seventh anniversary of the date of this agreement unless notice in writing
     of the claim (giving reasonable details of the nature, extent and value of
     such claim) shall have been given to the Warrantors 
<PAGE>
 
prior to such date.

4.   Procedure for claims
     --------------------

4.1  Any amount payable under the Tax Deed to the Purchaser shall be reduced to
     the extent of the amount payable under the Warranties in respect of the
     same matter and vice versa.

4.2  The provisions of clause 5 of the Tax Deed shall apply to any claims made
     under Part 8 of the fourth schedule hereto as if the claim under such Part
     8 were made under the Tax Deed and in the case of conflict between the
     provisions of this seventh schedule and the provisions of clause 5 of the
     Tax Deed, the provisions of clause 5 of the Tax Deed shall prevail.

4.3  Upon the directors of the Purchaser appreciating that matters have arisen
     which will or are likely to give rise to a claim, the Purchaser will as
     soon as practicably possible notify the Warrantors in writing of the
     potential claim and of the matters which will or are likely to give rise to
     such a claim.  Any failure on behalf of the Purchaser to comply with this
     provision shall not preclude it from making a claim at a later date.  The
     sole consequence, if the Purchaser delays in notifying the Warrantors of a
     claim, shall be that the Purchaser's claim for damages shall be reduced by
     an amount to reflect the extent (if any) the position of the claim is
     worsened as a result of the delay.

5.   Defence to claims and rights of recovery
     ----------------------------------------

     Where the Warrantors have settled in full a claim for breach of Warranty
     and the Purchaser or the Company or their respective successors or assigns
     (as the case may be) is entitled to recover any sum ("the Recoverable Sum")
                                                          ---------------------
     from some other person firm or company (including for the avoidance of
     doubt the Revenue) in respect of the matter giving rise to that claim, the
     Purchaser shall procure that it or the Company (as the case may be) at the
     Warrantors' cost and subject to being indemnified and secured by the
     Warrantors to the reasonable satisfaction of the Purchaser against all
     losses, liabilities, costs and expenses thereby incurred, shall pursue a
     claim for the Recoverable Sum, provided that in the reasonable opinion of
     the Purchaser no such claim shall harm the goodwill or profitability of the
     Company, the Purchaser, or any company which shall be a subsidiary or a
     holding company of either the Purchaser or the Company. The Purchaser shall
     account to the Warrantors for any amount so
<PAGE>
 
     recovered and after having deducted any costs or expenses incurred by the
     Purchaser (and not exceeding any amount paid by the Warrantors under the
     relevant Warranty but including any expenses borne by the Warrantors).

6.   Further limitations
     -------------------

     The Warrantors shall not be liable under the Warranties to the extent
     that:-

6.1  such liability arises or is increased as a result of the passing of or any
     change in law or regulation or in its interpretation or administration by
     the English courts, by the Revenue or by any other monetary fiscal or
     regulatory authority or by the withdrawal after Completion of any published
     concession previously made by any Taxation authority;

6.2  such liability would not have arisen but for the failure to make or omit to
     make any claim, election, surrender or disclaimer by the Company or the
     Purchaser where notice of the need to make or omit to make the same was
     given by the Warrantors in the Disclosure Letter;

6.3  the subject matter giving rise to the claim is specifically provided or
     reserved in the Accounts;

6.4  the liability arises as a result of any change in the accounting reference
     date or in the accounting principles, practices, or bases of the Company
     introduced after Completion;

6.5  the subject matter of the claim is taken into account in the accounts
     prepared pursuant to the sixth schedule.

7.   Price reduction
     ---------------

     The amount or amounts of any successful claim or claims against the
     Warrantors under or in respect of the Warranties shall be deemed to
     constitute a reduction in the purchase price.

8.   Entire agreement
     ----------------

     This agreement sets out the entire agreement and understanding between
     the parties in respect of the subject matter of this agreement and in
     respect of any other documents referred to in this agreement and the
     Purchaser:-

8.1  irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to rescind
     this agreement and/or claim damages for any breach of warranty or untrue
     representation, undertaking or statement of fact or opinion made to him
     prior to the date hereof in 
<PAGE>
 
       connection with the subject matter of this agreement or the Company which
       is not contained in this agreement; and

8.2    agrees that the Purchaser has not been induced to enter into this
       agreement by any representation, warranty or assurance other than those
       contained in this agreement; and

8.3    provided always that this paragraph shall not seek to exclude or restrict
       the liability of the Warrantors for fraudulent misrepresentation.

9.     Mitigation
       ----------

       Nothing herein shall in any way diminish the Purchaser common law duty to
       mitigate its loss, save in respect of the Tax Deed and clause 7.4 of the
       agreement.

10.    General provisions
       ------------------

10.1   The provisions of this schedule apply notwithstanding any rescission or
       termination by the Purchaser of any provisions of this agreement.

10.2   The Purchaser shall not be entitled to reimbursement more than once in
       respect of any one claim.

10.3   None of the provisions contained in this schedule shall exclude or limit
       liability on the part of the Warrantors arising as a result of any fraud
       or dishonesty on the part of the Warrantors.

10.4   The Purchaser shall have no right to rescind or terminate this agreement
       after the date of this agreement for breach of any of the Warranties or
       under the provisions of the Misrepresentation Act 1967, or for any other
       reason other than for fraudulent misrepresentation.

11.    Debts
       -----
       If there is a breach of any of the Warranties by reason of any cheque
       which the Company shall have encashed being returned unpaid, the
       Purchaser shall only be entitled to bring a claim under clauses 7.4 and
       7.5 of this agreement and shall not be entitled to bring a claim for
       breach of Warranty or otherwise.

12.    Claims
       ------
       The first (Pounds)500,000 of the aggregate liability which shall arise
       pursuant to all the claims (that is, all the claims taken together, but
       not the first (Pounds)500,000 of each and every claim) ("the First
                                                               -----------
       (Pounds)500,000 Liability") which shall be made under clauses 7.4, 7.5,
       ---------------------------
       the Warranties and/or the Tax Deed shall be borne only by Rachel and
       Henry
      
<PAGE>
 
      Hallam jointly and severally; and for the purpose of this paragraph
      "claims" includes claims under clauses 7.4 and 7.5 of the Warranties and
      the Tax Deed.

13.  Earn Out
     --------

     In respect of any claim pursuant to this agreement or under the Tax Deed
     which is agreed or adjudicated, to the extent that it when aggregated to
     any other such claims shall exceed the First (Pounds)500,000 Liability as
     defined in paragraph 12 of this schedule, each of the Warrantors or
     Covenantors in the case of a claim under the Tax Deed shall be entitled to
     elect (and such an election shall be binding on all the other Warrantors or
     Covenantors as the case maybe) for the amount owing in respect of such a
     claim to be set off against the Second or Third Instalment whichever shall
     first occur after the date on which the claim shall first be made, provided
     that if and to the extent that the Warrantors shall not settle such claim
     by paying cash to the Purchaser within 7 days after the Warrantors have
     received notice in writing of such a claim pursuant to clauses 6, 7.4 and
     7.5 of the agreement, Interest shall accrue on such a claim from the date
     of receiving notice such a claim until the claim is paid.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.25

                                    -------------------------------------------

                                    BETWEEN:

                                             NATIONAL MONEY MART COMPANY

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

                                                      - and -

                                                 KING MORTGAGE LTD.
                                        
                                                              OF THE SECOND PART

                                                      - and -

                                                    DENIS WILLNER

                                                               OF THE THIRD PART

                                    -------------------------------------------

                                                 PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                    -------------------------------------------

                                                 BISHOP & McKENZIE     
                                             Barristers and Solicitors 
                                             #2500, 10104 - 103 Avenue 
                                                 Edmonton, Alberta     
                                                      T5J 1V3          
                                                                       
                                             File No. 31,707-256 (NJKB) 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<S>                                                                                       <C> 
ARTICLE I - INTERPRETATION.............................................................    2
1.1  Defined Terms.....................................................................    2
1.2  Schedules and Exhibits............................................................   12
1.3  Table of Contents and Headings....................................................   14

ARTICLE II - DISSOLUTION OF PARTNERSHIP AND SALE AND PURCHASE OF ASSETS................   14
2.1  Dissolution.......................................................................   14
2.2  Distribution......................................................................   14
2.3  Sale and Purchase of Assets.......................................................   14
2.4  Assets............................................................................   15
2.5  Liabilities.......................................................................   17
2.6  Excluded Liabilities..............................................................   18
2.7  Expenses..........................................................................   18
2.8  Services of Willner...............................................................   18

ARTICLE III - PURCHASE AND PAYMENT.....................................................   19
3.1  Amount of Purchase Price..........................................................   19
3.2  Allocation of Purchase Price......................................................   19
3.3  Payment of Purchase Price.........................................................   19
3.4  Post Closing Chargebacks..........................................................   19
3.5  Adjustments.......................................................................   20
3.6  Financial Services................................................................   20

ARTICLE IV - CLOSING AND TERMINATION...................................................   20
4.1  Closing Date......................................................................   20
4.2  Termination of Agreement..........................................................   21
4.3  Procedure Upon Termination........................................................   21
4.4  Effect of Termination.............................................................   21

ARTICLE V - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE VENDOR AND DENIS.....................   22
5.1  Organization and Good Standing....................................................   22
5.2  Authorization of Agreement........................................................   22
5.3  Subsidiaries and Other Interests..................................................   22
5.4  Conflicts; Consents of Third Parties..............................................   23
5.5  Ownership and Transfer of Vendor's Share of Assets................................   23
5.6  Financial Statements..............................................................   24
5.7  No Undisclosed Liabilities........................................................   25
5.8  Absence of Certain Developments...................................................   25
5.9  Residency.........................................................................   27
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -2-

<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                       <C> 
5.10  Leased Property..................................................................   27
5.11  Tangible Personal Property.......................................................   30
5.12  Intangible Property..............................................................   31
5.13  Material Contracts...............................................................   32
5.14  Employee Benefits................................................................   33
5.15  Labour...........................................................................   33
5.16  Employment Matters...............................................................   34
5.17  Litigation.......................................................................   36
5.18  Compliance with Laws.............................................................   36
5.19  Environmental Matters............................................................   37
5.20  Insurance........................................................................   38
5.21  Payables.........................................................................   39
5.22  Related Party Transactions.......................................................   39
5.23  Financial Advisors...............................................................   39
5.24  Licensed Operations..............................................................   39
5.25  Name.............................................................................   40
5.26  Third Party Discussion...........................................................   40
5.27  No Bankruptcy....................................................................   40
5.28  No Misrepresentation.............................................................   40
5.29  Partnerships.....................................................................   40
5.30  Withholdings.....................................................................   40
5.31  The Partnership..................................................................   41

ARTICLE VI - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER...............................   41
6.1   Organization and Good Standing...................................................   41
6.2   Authorization of Agreement.......................................................   41
6.3   Conflicts; Consents of Third Parties.............................................   42
6.4   Litigation.......................................................................   43
6.5   Financial Advisors...............................................................   43
6.6   Bankruptcy.......................................................................   43
6.7   Approvals........................................................................   43

ARTICLE VII - COVENANTS................................................................   43
7.1   Access to Information............................................................   43
7.2   Conduct of the Business Pending the Closing......................................   44
7.3   Consents.........................................................................   47
7.4   Consents to Real Property Leases.................................................   48
7.5   No Solicitation..................................................................   48
7.6   Intentionally Deleted............................................................   48
7.7   Publicity........................................................................   48
7.8   Use of Name......................................................................   49
7.9   Preservation of Records..........................................................   49
7.10  Non-Competition Agreements.......................................................   49
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -3-
<TABLE> 

<S>                                                                                       <C> 
7.11  Employer Health Tax..............................................................   49
7.12  Employees........................................................................   49

ARTICLE VIII - CONDITIONS TO CLOSING...................................................   51
8.1   Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Purchaser.................................   51
8.2   Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Vendor................................   52
8.3   Failure of Vendor to Satisfy Conditions Precedent................................   53
8.4   Failure of Purchaser to Satisfy Conditions Precedent.............................   54

ARTICLE IX - DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED.................................................   55
9.1   Documents to be Delivered by the Vendor and Denis................................   55
9.2   Documents to be Delivered by the Purchaser.......................................   56
9.3   Minimum Lease Assignments........................................................   57

ARTICLE X - INDEMNIFICATION............................................................   58
10.1  Survival.........................................................................   58
10.2  General Indemnification..........................................................   58
10.3  Limitations on Indemnification for Breaches of
      Representations and Warranties...................................................   59
10.4  Indemnification Procedures.......................................................   60
10.5  Treatment of Payment.............................................................   61
10.6  Limitation of Indemnity..........................................................   62

ARTICLE XI - GENERAL...................................................................   62
11.1  Specific Performance.............................................................   62
11.2  Further Assurances...............................................................   62
11.3  Submission to Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of
      Process..........................................................................   63
11.4  Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers
      Confidentiality..................................................................   63
11.5  Severability.....................................................................   64
11.6  Binding Effect; Assignment.......................................................   64
11.7  Counterparts.....................................................................   64
11.8  Notices..........................................................................   65
11.9  Governing Law....................................................................   66
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT made as of the 4th day of February, 1999 (the
"Agreement"),

BY AND AMONG

          NATIONAL MONEY MART COMPANY, an unlimited liability 
          Corporation duly registered under the laws of the 
          Province of Nova Scotia ("Purchaser")
                                                               OF THE FIRST PART
                                    - and -

          KING MORTGAGE LTD., a company incorporated in and 
          under the laws of the Province of Alberta ("Vendor")

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART
                                    - and -

          DENIS WILLNER of the City of Calgary, of the 
          Province of Alberta ("Denis")

                                                               OF THE THIRD PART

          WITNESSETH:

          WHEREAS as of the date hereof the Vendor and the Purchaser carry on
business in partnership under the name "Calgary Money Marts" (the
"Partnership");

          WHEREAS the Purchaser owns a thirteen and one half (13.5%) percent
interest in the Partnership and the Vendor owns an eighty-six and one half
(86.5%) percent interest in the Partnership.

          WHEREAS Denis is the sole director and officer and the majority
shareholder of the Vendor;

          WHEREAS the Vendor has leased premises from which it operates on
behalf of the Partnership Six (6) cheque cashing and financial service stores
(the "Stores") at various locations in Calgary, Alberta as set out in Schedule
2.4(a);

          WHEREAS the Purchaser and Vendor desire to dissolve the Partnership
and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Vendor and the Vendor desires to
sell to Purchaser, the Vendor's interest in the Stores and related assets as
hereinafter defined and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

          WHEREAS, certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section
1.1;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -2-



     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                           ARTICLE I - INTERPRETATION

1.1       Defined Terms

          For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings specified in this Section 1.1:

          (a)     "Accounts Payable" means the aggregate dollar amount of
                  accounts payable, including all current liabilities of the
                  Partnership.

          (b)     "Accounts Receivables" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 2.4(c).

          (c)     "Acquisition Transaction" shall have the meaning set forth in
                  Section 7.5 hereof.

          (d)     "Adjustment Items" means those items set forth on Exhibit "B"
                  and referred to in Section 3.5(a) hereof which will adjust the
                  Purchase Price.

          (e)     "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any relative or
                  any other Person directly or indirectly controlling,
                  controlled by or under common control with such Person.  For
                  the purpose of this definition, "control" of a Person shall
                  mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
                  direct or cause the direction of its management or policies,
                  whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
                  contract or otherwise.

          (f)     "Agreement" means this agreement and all schedules, exhibits
                  and attachments hereto.

          (g)     "Assets" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
                  Section 2.4 hereof.

          (h)     "Assumed Contracts" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 5.13 hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -3-

          (i)     "Balance Sheet" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term
                  in Section 5.6(b).

          (j)     "Balance Sheet Date" shall mean December 31, 1998.

          (k)     "Business" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
                  Section 2.4(b) hereof.

          (l)     "Business Day" means any day of the year on which national
                  banking institutions in Edmonton are open to the public for
                  conducting business and are not required or authorized to
                  close.

          (m)     "Canadian Currency" and the "C$" sign each means the lawful
                                               --                            
                  money of Canada.

          (n)     "Capital Expenditures" means, for any Person for any period,
                  the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person, except
                  interest capitalized during construction, during such period
                  for property, plant or equipment, including, without
                  limitation, renewals, improvements, replacements and
                  capitalized repairs, that would be reflected as additions to
                  property, plant or equipment on a consolidated balance sheet
                  of such Person prepared in conformity with GAAP.  For the
                  purpose of this definition, the purchase price of equipment
                  which is acquired simultaneously with the trade-in of existing
                  equipment owned by such Person or with insurance proceeds
                  shall be included in Capital Expenditures only to the extent
                  of the gross amount of such purchase price less the credit
                  granted by the seller of such equipment being traded in at
                  such time or the amount of such proceeds, as the case may be.

          (o)     "Cash on Hand" means the sum of all cash (Canadian Currency
                  and U.S. Currency) of the Partnership.

          (p)     "Claim" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
                  Section 10.4(a) hereof.

          (q)     "Closing" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
                  Section 4.1 hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -4-

          (r)     "Closing Date" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
                  Section 4.1 hereof.

          (s)     "Closing Date Accounts Receivable" means the aggregate dollar
                  amount of accounts receivable of the Partnership at the time
                  of Closing.

          (t)     "Company Property" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 5.10(a) hereof.

          (u)     "Consent Documents" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 9.3(a) hereof.

          (v)     "Contract" means any contract, agreement, indenture, note,
                  bond, loan, instrument, lease, commitment or other arrangement
                  or agreement.

          (w)     "Contract Liabilities" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 2.5 hereof.

          (x)     "Dissolution Agreement" shall mean the form of agreement set
                  out in Exhibit "E".

          (y)     "Effective Time" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term
                  in Section 4.1 hereof.

          (z)     "Employees" shall have the meaning ascribed to said term in
                  Section 5.16 hereof.

          (aa)    "Employee Benefit Plans" shall have the meaning ascribed to
                  such term in Section 5.14(a) hereof.

          (bb)    "Environmental Claim" means any accusation, allegation, notice
                  of violation, action, claim, lien, demand, abatement or other
                  order or directive (conditional or otherwise) by any
                  Governmental Body or any other Person against the Vendor or
                  Partnership for personal injury (including sickness, disease
                  or death), tangible or intangible property damage, damage to
                  the environment, nuisance, pollution, contamination or other
                  adverse effects on the environment, or for fines, penalties or
                  restrictions resulting from or based upon (i) the 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -5-

                  existence, or the continuation of the existence, of a Release
                  (including, without limitation, sudden or non-sudden
                  accidental or non-accidental Releases) of, or exposure to, any
                  Hazardous Material, odor or audible noise in, into or onto the
                  environment (including, without limitation, the air, soil,
                  surface water or ground water) at, in, by or from any property
                  operated or leased by the Corporation or any activities or
                  operations thereof; (ii) the transportation, storage,
                  treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials in connection
                  with any property operated or leased by the Partnership or any
                  operations or facilities thereof; or (iii) the violation, or
                  alleged violation, of any Environmental Law of or from any
                  Governmental Body relating to environmental matters connected
                  with any property owned, operated or leased by the
                  Partnership.

          (cc)    "Environmental Costs and Liabilities" means any and all
                  losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, fines, penalties,
                  judgments, actions, claims, costs and expenses (including,
                  without limitation, fees, disbursements and expenses of legal
                  counsel, experts, engineers and consultants and the costs of
                  investigation and feasibility studies and Remedial Action)
                  arising from or under any Environmental Claim.

          (dd)    "Environmental Law" means any federal, provincial or local
                  law, statute, regulation, code, ordinance, rule of common law
                  or other requirement in any way relating to the protection of
                  human health and safety or the environment as now or hereafter
                  in effect including, without limitation, the Canadian
                  Environmental Protection Act and the Environmental Protection
                  and Enhancement Act (Alberta), as such laws have been amended
                  or supplemented, and the regulations promulgated pursuant
                  thereto, and all analogous federal, provincial or local laws.

          (ee)    "Environmental Permits" shall have the meaning ascribed to
                  such term in Section 5.19(a).

          (ff)    "Escrow Agreement" shall mean the Escrow Agreement attached
                  hereto as Exhibit "D".
<PAGE>
 
                                      -6-

          (gg)    "Excise Tax Act" means the Excise Tax Act, R.S.C., 1985, c.E-
                  15, together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, as
                  amended or supplemented from time to time.

          (hh)    "Excluded Liabilities" means any and all liabilities or
                  obligations of the Partnership, or Vendor of any kind, nature
                  and description, absolute or contingent, known or unknown,
                  existing prior to the Closing Date or thereafter coming into
                  being or arising by reason of any state of facts existing, or
                  any transaction entered into, prior to the Closing Date
                  (including, without limitation, any such liabilities arising
                  under any Environmental Laws and any such liabilities relating
                  to Taxes), other than Contract Liabilities referred to in
                  Section 2.5 hereof.

          (ii)    "Financial Statements" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 5.6(a) hereof.

          (jj)    "GAAP" means Canadian generally accepted accounting principles
                  as of the date hereof.

          (kk)    "Governmental Body" means any government or governmental or
                  regulatory body thereof, or political subdivision thereof,
                  whether federal, provincial or local minister, governor or
                  lieutenant governor-in-council, board, tribunal or any agency,
                  instrumentality or authority thereof, or any court or
                  arbitrator (public or private).

          (ll)    "GST" shall refer to the Goods and Services Tax levied under
                  Part IX of the Excise Tax Act.

          (mm)    "Hazardous Material" means any substance, material or waste
                  which is regulated by Canada, or any provincial or local
                  Governmental Body including, without limitation, petroleum and
                  its by-products, asbestos, and any material or substance which
                  is defined as a "hazardous waste," "hazardous substance,"
                  "hazardous material," "restricted hazardous waste,"
                  "industrial waste," "solid waste," "contaminant," "pollutant,"
                  "toxic waste" or "toxic substance" under any provision of
                  Environmental Law.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -7-

          (nn)    "Indemnitor" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
                  Section 10.4(a) hereof.

          (oo)    "Interim Period" shall mean the period between the date of
                  execution of this Agreement and the earlier of Closing and the
                  release of each party's obligations under Article IV or
                  Article VIII.

          (pp)    "Law" means any federal, provincial or local law (including
                  common law), statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation or
                  other requirement.

          (qq)    "Legal Proceeding" means any judicial, administrative or
                  arbitral actions, suits, proceedings (public or private),
                  claims or governmental proceedings.

          (rr)    "Licenses" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
                  Section 2.4(b) hereof.

          (ss)    "Lien" means any lien, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate, deed of
                  trust, security interest, claim, prior claim, lease, charge,
                  option, right of first refusal, easement, servitude, transfer
                  restriction under any shareholder or similar agreement,
                  encumbrance or any other restriction or limitation whatsoever.

          (tt)    "Listed Employees" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 7.12(a) hereof.

          (uu)    "Losses" means any and all losses, liabilities (accrued,
                  absolute, contingent or otherwise), suits, proceedings,
                  judgments, awards, demands, settlements, fines, assessments,
                  re-assessments, damages, interest and penalties, and costs and
                  expenses (including without limitation reasonable legal fees
                  and litigation expenses) on a solicitor and his own client
                  basis.

          (vv)    "Material Adverse Change" shall mean:

                  (i)  an event whereby the gross revenues of the Stores for the
                       period from occurrence until the Closing are 5% less than
                       for the same period of the previous year; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      -8-

                  (ii) an event that causes or will cause the closure of a Store
                       or the ability of the Purchaser to operate the Business
                       from a Store; or

                  (iii)  20% or more of the Listed Employees resigned or
                       indicate their intention to resign during the Interim
                       Period.

          (ww)    "Material Contracts" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 5.13 hereof.

          (xx)    "Minimum Lease Condition" shall have the meaning ascribed to
                  such term in Section 9.3 hereof.

          (yy)    "Non-Assumable Claim" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 10.4(c) hereof.

          (zz)    "Non-Competition Agreement" shall have the meaning ascribed to
                  such term in Section 7.10 hereof.

          (aaa)  "Non-Material Contract" means any Contract, other than Real
                  Property Leases or Material Contracts, which was entered into
                  in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past
                  practice in an arm's length transaction.

          (bbb)  "Order" means any order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling,
                  writ, assessment or arbitration award.

          (ccc)  "Partner" or "Partners" shall mean the Vendor and the Purchaser
                  individually and collectively;

          (ddd)  "Partnership" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
                  the first preamble paragraph.

          (eee)  "Partnership Agreements" shall mean a Partnership Agreement
                  between Calgary Money Mart Inc. and the Vendor dated June 1,
                  1990, Trade Mark License Agreement between the Partnership and
                  Purchaser dated June 1, 1990, Management Agreement between
                  306166 Alberta Ltd., the Vendor, Sebe Investments Ltd. and
                  Denis dated July 1, 1984 and Management Amendment Agreement
                  between the Partnership and Denis dated June 1, 1990;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -9-

          (fff)  "Permitted Exceptions" means (i) statutory liens for current
                  taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet
                  delinquent or the amount or validity of which is being
                  contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided
                  an appropriate reserve is established therefor; (ii)
                  mechanics', carriers', workers', repairers' and similar Liens
                  arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business
                  provided that they are not greater than $1000.00 in the
                  aggregate; (iii) zoning, entitlement and other land use and
                  environmental regulations by any Governmental Body, provided
                  that such regulations have not been violated; (iv) such other
                  imperfections in title, charges, easements, restrictions and
                  encumbrances which do not materially detract from the value of
                  or materially interfere with the present use of any Company
                  Property subject thereto or affected thereby and including
                  leasehold improvements owned by Landlord; and (v) exceptions
                  for which the Purchaser has provided its consent in writing or
                  as otherwise provided for in this Agreement.

          (ggg)  "Permits" means any approvals, authorizations, consents,
                  Licenses, permits or certificates.

          (hhh)  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm,
                  joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
                  unincorporated organization, Governmental Body or other
                  entity.

          (iii)  "Personal Property Lease" shall have the meaning ascribed to
                  such term in Section 5.11(a) hereof.

          (jjj)  "Prepaids" means, without duplication, the aggregate dollar
                  amount of all prepaid assets, prepaid expenses, prepaid rent,
                  security deposits, all as determined in accordance with GAAP,
                  consistently applied, of the Partnership related to the
                  Business at the Effective Time, as summarized in the attached
                  Schedule 1.1.

          (kkk)  "Property Contracts" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 5.10(a) hereof.

          (lll)  "Purchase Price" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term
                  in Section 3.1 hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -10-

          (mmm)  "Purchaser" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the
                  introductory paragraph hereto.

          (nnn)  "Purchaser Documents" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 6.2 hereof.

          (ooo)  "Purchaser Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning ascribed
                  to such term in Section 10.2(a) hereof.

          (ppp)  "Purchaser's Solicitors" shall mean Messrs. Bishop & McKenzie,
                  Barristers and Solicitors, 2500, 10104 - 103 Avenue, Edmonton,
                  Alberta, T5J 1V3.

          (qqq)  "Real Property Lease" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 5.10(a) hereof.

          (rrr)  "Release" means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping,
                  pouring, dumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge,
                  dispersal, leaching or migration into the indoor or outdoor
                  environment, or into or out of any property.

          (sss)  "Remedial Action" means all actions, including, without
                  limitation, any Capital Expenditures required, to (i) clean
                  up, remove, treat or in any other way address any Hazardous
                  Material; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release of any
                  Hazardous Material so it does not endanger or threaten to
                  endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor
                  environment; (iii) perform pre-remedial studies and
                  investigations or post-remedial monitoring and care; or (iv)
                  bring any facility owned, operated or leased by the
                  Partnership and the operations thereon into compliance with
                  Environmental Laws.

          (ttt)  "Representatives" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term
                  in Section 7.5 hereof.

          (uuu)  "Stores" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the
                  recitals hereto.

          (vvv)  "Tax", "Taxes" or "Taxes" means all taxes, charges, fees,
                  levies, imposts, duties, and other assessments, including but
                  not limited to any income, alternative minimum or add-on tax,
                  estimated, gross 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -11-

                  income, gross receipts, sales, goods and services, business,
                  use, transfer, gains, transactions, intangibles, ad valorem,
                  value-added, franchise, registration, title, license, capital,
                  paid-up capital, profits, withholding, payroll, employment,
                  excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, recording, real
                  property, personal property, health, education, highway use,
                  commercial rent, environmental, windfall profit tax, customs,
                  import duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like
                  assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any
                  interest, penalties, or additions to tax, and any interest or
                  penalties imposed with respect to the filing, obligation to
                  file or failure to file any Tax Return.

          (www)  "Tax Act" shall refer to the Income Tax Act, R.S.C., 1985 (5th
                  Suppl.) c. 1, together with the regulations promulgated
                  thereunder, as amended or supplemented from time to time,
                  including any proposed amendment to such legislation announced
                  by way of notice of ways and means motion or press release
                  from time to time by the Minister of Finance of Canada or
                  other Minister charged with the administration of the Tax Act,
                  which announcement confirms that such proposed  amendment,
                  when enacted, shall have retroactive effect to a date prior to
                  the date of its enactment.

          (xxx)  "Tax Return" means any return, election, declaration, report,
                  claim for refund, information return, statement, or other
                  similar document including any schedule or attachment thereto,
                  and including any amendment thereof required to be filed under
                  the provisions of any legislation in relation to Taxes and any
                  tax forms required to be filed, whether in connection with a
                  tax return or not, under any provisions of any applicable
                  legislation in relation to Taxes.

          (yyy)  "Time of Closing" shall mean 10:00 a.m. Edmonton time.

          (zzz)  "Transaction Documents" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 5.2 hereof.

          (aaaa)  "Unaudited Statement" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 5.6(a) hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -12-

          (bbbb)  "Vendor Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning ascribed
                  to such term in Section 10.2(b) hereof.

          (cccc)  "Vendor" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the
                  preamble hereof.

          (dddd)  "Vendor's Share" shall have the same meaning ascribed to such
                  term in Section 2.3 hereof.

          (eeee)  "Vendor's Solicitors" means Cleall Pahl Barristers and
                  Solicitors 2500, 10155 - 102 Street, Edmonton, AB T5J 4G8
                  Attention:  Mr. Kenneth F. Cleall, Q.C.

1.2       Schedules and Exhibits

          The Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement hereinafter referred to
are incorporated herein by reference and are deemed to be part of this
Agreement.  The Exhibits to this Agreement are as follows:

          (a)     Exhibit "A" - Form of Non-Competition Agreement

          (b)     Exhibit "B" - Estimated Adjustment Items

          (c)     Exhibit "C" - Form of Consent and Estoppel Certificate of
                  Landlord

          (d)     Exhibit "D" - Form of Escrow Agreement

          (e)     Exhibit "E" - Form of Partnership Dissolution Agreement

          The Schedules to this Agreement are as follows:

          Schedule 1.1 - Summary of Prepaids

          Schedule 2.4(a) - Stores

          Schedule 2.4(d) - Personal Property

          Schedule 5.4 - Conflicts, Consents of Third parties

          Schedule 5.6(a) - Financial Statements

          Schedule 5.7 - Undisclosed Liabilities
<PAGE>
 
                                      -13-

          Schedule 5.8 - Developments since Balance Sheet Date

          Schedule 5.10(a) - Real Property Leases

          Schedule 5.11 - Personal Property Leases

          Schedule 5.12 - Intangible Property

          Schedule 5.13 - Material Contracts

          Schedule 5.16 - Employees

          Schedule 5.17 - Litigation

          Schedule 5.18 - Compliance with Laws

          Schedule 5.19 - Environmental Matters

          Schedule 5.22 - Related Party Transactions

          Schedule 5.26 - Third Party Discussions

          Schedule 6.3 - Conflicts, Consents of Third Parties

          Schedule 7.2 - Increases to Compensation

1.3       Table of Contents and Headings

          The table of contents and section headings of this Agreement are for
reference purposes only and are to be given no effect in the construction or
interpretations of this Agreement.

    ARTICLE II - DISSOLUTION OF PARTNERSHIP AND SALE AND PURCHASE OF ASSETS

2.1       Dissolution

          The Vendor and Purchaser shall surrender the Partnership Agreements
and dissolve the Partnership on the day prior to the Closing Date effective as
of 12:01 a.m.  The parties shall effective as at Closing enter into the
Partnership Dissolution Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "E".

2.2       Distribution
<PAGE>
 
                                      -14-

          Immediately prior to dissolution, Denis on behalf of the Partnership
shall pay all of the liabilities of the Partnership and shall thereafter
distribute the Cash on Hand and each Partner's share of the Assets to the
respective Partners.

2.3       Sale and Purchase of Assets

          Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, on the
Closing Date at the Effective Time the Vendor shall sell, assign, transfer,
convey and deliver to the Purchaser good and marketable title, free and clear of
all Liens, and the Purchaser shall purchase from the Vendor all of the Vendor's
interest in the Assets being eighty-six and one half (86.5%) percent ("Vendor's
Share") of the Assets.

          In addition, from and after the Closing, the Vendor agrees to provide,
or cause to be provided, to Purchaser, access to all documents and/or
information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Purchaser to see to the
efficient and proper conduct and administration of the Assets owned by the
Partnership as hereinafter defined including, without limitation, all historical
files, copies of Tax Returns, records and personnel data of the Partnership or
the Vendor related to the Business.

2.4       Assets

          Without limiting the foregoing, the Vendor agrees that the following
are the assets of the Partnership ("Assets") and, immediately prior to the
Effective Time the Assets shall be owned by the Partnership free and clear of
all Liens except for the Permitted Exceptions:

          (a)     Stores  Leasehold interest in the Stores.
                  ------                                   

          (b)     Licenses and Authorizations  All authorizations, approvals,
                  ---------------------------                                
                  orders, licenses, franchises, certificates and permits
                  (collectively, "Licenses") of and from all Governmental Bodies
                  necessary to own or lease the properties and assets used or
                  usable in the ownership and/or operation of the Stores, and to
                  otherwise conduct the business of the operation of cheque
                  cashing and other financial services from the Stores that was
                  conducted by the Partnership prior to the date hereof (the
                  "Business") together with any renewals, extensions or
                  modifications thereof and additions thereto and other pending
                  applications or applications to be filed with any Governmental
                  Body between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -15-

          (c)     Accounts Receivable  Closing Date Accounts Receivable
                  -------------------                                  
                  including without restriction all cheques returned unpaid,
                  post-dated cheques, accounts receivable, notes receivable and
                  similar items in the process of collection owned or otherwise
                  held by the Partnership on the Closing Date ("Accounts
                  Receivable").

          (d)     Other Personal Property, etc.  All tangible and intangible
                  -----------------------------                             
                  personal or moveable property, equipment, machinery,
                  furniture, fixtures, tools, computer hardware, supplies and
                  other assets, wherever located, used or usable in the
                  ownership and/or operation of the Stores and the Business as
                  set out in Schedule 2.4(d) including security systems and all
                  security codes thereto, together with such additions,
                  modifications and replacements thereto, and subject to
                  deletions therefrom in connection with any such replacements,
                  as may be made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
                  and in the ordinary course of business between the date of
                  this Agreement and the Closing Date.

          (e)     Leasehold Property  All leased real or immovable property,
                  ------------------                                        
                  buildings and structures, leasehold improvements, fixtures and
                  appurtenances used or usable in the operation of the
                  Partnership and the Business and their interests and rights
                  arising under all agreements, rights and appurtenances
                  relating thereto (including all Real Property Leases), any
                  renewals, extensions, amendments or modifications thereof, and
                  any additional agreements and leases made or entered into in
                  accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in the
                  ordinary course of business between the date of this Agreement
                  and the Closing Date.

          (f)     Leases and Agreements  All contracts and agreements used or
                  ---------------------                                      
                  usable in the ownership and/or operation of the Stores and the
                  Business, including any renewals, extensions, amendments or
                  modifications thereof, and any additional agreements, leases,
                  commitments and orders made or entered into in accordance with
                  the terms of this Agreement between the date of this Agreement
                  and the Closing Date.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -16-

          (g)     Intellectual Property, etc.  All licenses of patents, patent
                  ---------------------------                                 
                  licenses, franchises, copyrights, trademarks, trade names,
                  service marks, trade secret rights, computer programs and
                  software to the extent such computer programs are currently
                  licensed and are transferable, permits, licenses or other
                  similar rights used or usable in the ownership and/or
                  operation of the Stores and the Business, including,
                  specifically, the trade names enumerated on Schedule 5.12
                  hereof, together with any additions or modifications thereto
                  and subject to any deletions therefrom made in accordance with
                  the terms of this Agreement between the date of this Agreement
                  and the Closing Date.

          (h)     Books and Records  All books, records and files pertaining to
                  -----------------                                            
                  the Stores and the Business for all periods ending on or
                  before the Closing Date.

          (i)     Prepaid Expenses  All security deposits and other prepaid
                  ----------------                                         
                  expenses relating to the operation and/or ownership of the
                  Stores and the Business, including, but not limited to, any
                  prepaid rent, licenses, postage and any other prepaid assets
                  or deposits relating to the operation and/or ownership of the
                  Stores existing as of the Closing Date.

          (j)     Customer Lists  All goodwill of the Business as a going
                  --------------                                         
                  concern together with customer lists, vendor lists, telephone
                  numbers and other intangible assets relating to the operation
                  and/or ownership of the Stores and the Business, together with
                  any additions or modifications thereto and subject to any
                  deletions therefrom made in accordance with the terms of this
                  Agreement between the date of this Agreement and the Closing
                  Date.

          (k)     Inventories  All inventories of or relating to the Business at
                  -----------                                                   
                  the Stores as of the Closing Date including all packaged
                  materials, manufactured supplies and finished goods, excluding
                  cash or cash equivalent.

          (l)     Insurance Benefits  Any benefits payable under all insurance
                  ------------------                                          
                  policies relating to the Assets or the Business at the Stores
                  in respect of any claims based on occurrences prior to the
                  Closing Date.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -17-

          (m)     Supply Contracts  The full benefit of all contracts providing
                  ----------------                                             
                  for the supply of goods and services to the Business.

          (n)     Warranty Rights and Maintenance Contracts  Full benefit of all
                  -----------------------------------------                     
                  warranties and warranty rights against manufacturers or
                  sellers which apply to any of the Assets and all maintenance
                  contracts on machinery equipment and the other Assets subject
                  to the Purchaser's review and acceptance of such contracts and
                  agreements prior to the Closing Date.

2.5       Liabilities

          Purchaser shall, following Closing, perform and discharge its
obligations under the Assumed Contracts to the extent such obligations arise and
accrue after the Effective Time (the "Contract Liabilities") and for all goods
ordered prior to but delivered after Closing in the ordinary course of business
and shall not assume and discharge or be liable for those obligations that
either arise out of or would have been satisfied prior to the Closing.  The
Vendor and Purchaser agree that in the normal course following Closing the
Partnership shall satisfy and discharge all of its obligations and liabilities
for amounts due or to become due for services rendered or goods delivered to the
Partnership with respect to the Business prior to Closing.

2.6       Excluded Liabilities

          With the exception of Assumed Contracts, it is understood and agreed
that the Purchaser is not assuming and shall not be liable or responsible for
any liabilities of the Partnership, Vendor or Business ("Excluded Liabilities").
The Vendor shall indemnify and save harmless the Purchaser and their officers,
directors, employees, agents and shareholders from and against the Vendor's
Share of all costs, expenses, losses, claims or liabilities including legal fees
on a solicitor and client basis suffered or incurred by the Purchaser or any of
its Affiliates arising out of any of the Excluded Liabilities.

2.7       Expenses

          Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Vendor and the
Purchaser shall each bear their own expenses incurred in connection with the
negotiation and execution of this Agreement and each other agreement, document
and instrument contemplated by this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  Immediately prior to Closing the
Vendor shall at the expense of the Partnership cause their 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -18-

accountants to prepare an internal financial statement of the Partnership for
the fiscal period ending immediately prior to Closing and shall provide a copy
to the Purchaser and Vendor. All other expenses related to accounting advice to
the Vendor shall be borne by the Vendor.

2.8       Services of Willner

          For a period of sixty (60) days following Closing Willner shall,
without further compensation, make his services available as a courtesy as
reasonably requested by the Purchaser to assist in the orderly take-over and
operation of the Business.

                       ARTICLE III - PURCHASE AND PAYMENT

3.1       Amount of Purchase Price

          The purchase price for the Vendor's Share of the Assets (the "Purchase
Price") shall be Seven Million Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand (C$7,850,000.00)
Dollars.  The Purchase Price is subject to adjustment as provided in this
Agreement.

3.2       Allocation of Purchase Price

          The Vendor and the Purchaser covenant and agree that the Purchase
Price for the Vendor's Share of the Assets shall be allocated among the Vendor's
Share of the Assets in the manner as follows:

          (a)     As to depreciable assets and equipment an amount equal to the
                  aggregate respective book value thereof as at the Closing
                  Date.

          (b)     As to the inventories, an amount equal to the wholesale cost
                  to the Partnership of the inventories;

          (c)     As to the Accounts Receivable, the sum of One ($1.00) Dollar;

          (d)     As to goodwill the balance of the Purchase Price;

The Vendor and the Purchaser agree to co-operate in the filing of elections
under the Income Tax Act, R.S.C., as amended and other taxation statutes as may
be necessary or desirable to give effect to the allocation for tax purposes.

3.3       Payment of Purchase Price
<PAGE>
 
                                      -19-

          On the Closing Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, the Purchaser or the Purchaser's Solicitors shall pay the Purchase
Price to the account of the Vendor by wire transfer to the trust account of the
Vendor's' Solicitors.

3.4       Post Closing Chargebacks

          (a)     The Vendor shall indemnify and save harmless the Purchaser for
                  any amounts charged back on the bank accounts of the Purchaser
                  from and after Closing with respect to postdated cheques
                  delivered by the Vendor to the Purchaser and deposited to the
                  bank accounts of the Purchaser after Closing that are
                  dishonoured and remain uncollected for thirty (30) days.  The
                  Purchaser shall notify the Vendor thirty (30) days following
                  becoming aware of each chargeback, shall provide to the Vendor
                  all documentation and information related to the chargeback
                  and shall assign its rights with respect to collection of the
                  said chargeback to the Vendor whereupon the Vendor shall
                  reimburse the Purchaser for the amount of each said
                  chargeback.

          (b)     It is understood that the Vendor shall not indemnify the
                  Purchaser for cheques returned unpaid that were delivered to
                  the Purchaser by the Vendor at Closing and remain uncollected
                  thereafter.

3.5       Adjustments

          (a)     The Purchase Price shall be increased or decreased by the
                  amount set out in the statement of estimated adjustment items
                  ("Adjustment Items") attached hereto as Exhibit "B".  As soon
                  as reasonably possible following the Closing Date the Vendor
                  and Purchaser shall prepare a statement of actual Adjustment
                  Items;

          (b)     To the extent the adjusted amount results in an amount owing
                  by the Purchaser to the Vendor the Purchaser shall promptly
                  pay such amount to the Vendor.  To the extent that the
                  adjusted amount results in an amount owing by the Vendor to
                  the Purchaser, the Vendor shall promptly pay such amount to
                  the Purchaser.

3.6       Financial Services
<PAGE>
 
                                      -20-

          The Vendor and Purchaser acknowledge that the Business is exclusively
financial services and as such there is no Goods and Services Tax applicable
thereto and no requirement to file an election under the Excise Tax Act.

                      ARTICLE IV - CLOSING AND TERMINATION

4.1       Closing Date

          Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections
8.1 and 8.2 hereof (or the waiver thereof by the party entitled to waive that
condition), the closing of the sale and purchase of the Vendor's Share of Assets
provided for in Section 2.3 hereof (the "Closing") shall take place at the Time
of Closing at the offices of the Purchaser's Solicitors on February 18, 1999,
with an effective time (the "Effective Time") of 12:02 a.m. or on such other
date and at such other place as the Vendor and the Purchaser may jointly
designate in writing.  The date on which the Closing shall be held is referred
to in this Agreement as the "Closing Date."

4.2       Termination of Agreement

          This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing as follows:

          (a)     by mutual written consent of the Vendor and the Purchaser; or

          (b)     by the Vendor or the Purchaser by written notice to the other
                  if there shall be in effect a final non-appealable Order of a
                  Governmental Body of competent jurisdiction restraining,
                  enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the
                  transactions contemplated hereby.

4.3       Procedure Upon Termination

          In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 4.2
hereof, this Agreement shall, subject to Section 4.4, terminate, and the
purchase of the Assets hereunder shall be abandoned, without further action by
the Purchaser or the Vendor.  If this Agreement is terminated as provided
herein, each party shall redeliver all documents, work papers and other material
of any other party relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, whether so
obtained before or after the execution hereof, to the party furnishing the same.
In the event that the Partnership Dissolution Agreement is executed prior to
termination the same shall be surrendered and deemed to be void.

4.4       Effect of Termination
<PAGE>
 
                                      -21-

          In the event that this Agreement is validly terminated as provided
herein, then the parties shall be relieved of their duties and obligations
arising under this Agreement after the date of such termination and such
termination shall be without liability to the Vendor, or the Purchaser; however,
                                                                        ------- 
nothing in this Section 4.4 shall relieve any party hereto of any liability for
a breach of this Agreement.

       ARTICLE V - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE VENDOR AND DENIS

          The Vendor and Denis hereby jointly and severally represent and
warrant to Purchaser as follows:

5.1       Organization and Good Standing

          The Vendor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the Province of Alberta and has all requisite
corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to
carry on the Business as one of the partners of the Partnership.  The Vendor is
a "private company" within the meaning of the Securities Act (Alberta).  The
Vendor is duly qualified or authorized to do business and is in good standing
under the laws of the Province of Alberta.

5.2       Authorization of Agreement
<PAGE>
 
                                      -22-



          The Vendor has all requisite power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement, and each other agreement, document, instrument or
certificate contemplated by this Agreement to be executed herein in connection
with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
(together with this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, assignments of lease, the
Partnership Dissolution Agreement and the Non-Competition Agreements, the
"Transaction Documents"), and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby.  This Agreement has been, and each of the Transaction Documents
will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by
the Vendor and (assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by
Purchaser if a party thereto) this Agreement constitutes, and each of the
Transaction Documents when so executed and delivered will constitute, the legal,
valid and binding obligations of the Vendor, enforceable against the Vendor in
accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors'
rights and remedies generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general
principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good
faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a
proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3  Subsidiaries and Other Interests

     Registered and beneficial title to all of the Assets is held in the
name of the Partnership and/or the Vendor on behalf of the Partnership and at
the Effective Time the registered and beneficial title to the Vendor's Share of
the Assets will be held in the name of the Vendor.

5.4  Conflicts; Consents of Third Parties

     (a)     Except in respect of the Real Property Leases as set forth in
             Schedule 5.10(a), the Partnership Agreements, and as set forth on
             Schedule 5.4 none of the execution and delivery by the Vendor of
             this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the consummation by
             the Vendor of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, or
             compliance by the Vendor with any of the provisions hereof or
             thereof will (i) conflict with, or result in the breach of, any
             provision of the certificate of incorporation, memorandum,
             articles, shareholders agreement, trust agreements or other
             organizational documents of the Vendor; (ii) conflict with,
             violate, result in the breach or termination of, constitute a
             default under, or give rise to any right of acceleration under, any
             note, bond, mortgage, deed of 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -23-

             trust, indenture, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or
             obligation to which the Vendor is a party or by which any the
             Vendor or any of Assets is bound; (iii) violate any statute, rule,
             regulation, judgment or Order of any Governmental Body by which the
             Vendor is bound; or (iv) result in the creation of any Lien upon
             the Assets.

     (b)     Except as set forth in Schedule 5.4 no consent, waiver, approval,
             Order, Permit or authorization of, or declaration or filing with,
             or notification to, any Person or Governmental Body is required on
             the part of the Vendor in connection with the execution and
             delivery of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, or the
             compliance by the Vendor with any of the provisions hereof or
             thereof.

5.5   Ownership and Transfer of Vendor's Share of Assets

      The Vendor shall be at the Effective Time the registered and beneficial
owner of the Vendor's Share of Assets free and clear of any and all Liens. The
Vendor has and will have at the Effective Time the power and authority to sell,
transfer, assign and deliver the Vendor's Share of the Assets, free and clear of
any and all Liens, as provided in this Agreement, and such delivery will convey
to the Purchaser good and marketable title to Vendor's Share of the Assets.

5.6   Financial Statements

     (a)     Attached hereto as Schedule 5.6(a) are: (i) the unaudited balance
             sheets of the Partnership as at June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and
             the related unaudited statements of income, retained earning and of
             changes in financial position of the Partnership for the years then
             ended (collectively called the "Unaudited Statements"); and (ii)
             the draft unaudited balance sheet of the Partnership as at December
             31, 1998 and the related statement of income of the Partnership
             (the "Interim Statements") for the period then ended (such
             Unaudited and Interim Statements, including the related notes and
             schedules thereto, are referred to herein as the "Financial
             Statements"). Each of the Unaudited Statements is complete and
             correct in all material respects, has been prepared in accordance
             with GAAP (subject to normal year-end adjustments in the case of
             the unaudited statements) and in conformity with the practices
             consistently applied by the 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -24-

             Partnership without modification of the accounting principles used
             in the preparation thereof, and presents fairly the financial
             position, results of operations and changes in financial position
             of the Partnership as at the dates and for the periods indicated.

     (b)     The Interim Statements have been prepared in all material respects
             on a basis consistent with the Unaudited Statements, are true,
             correct and complete in all material respects and present fairly
             the financial condition of the Partnership as of December 31, 1998
             the assets and liabilities of the Partnership as of December 31,
             1998 and the revenues, expenses and results of the operations of
             the Partnership for the six (6) month period ended on December 31,
             1998.

     (c)     The financial condition of the Partnership is not now materially
             different from the financial condition reflected in the Unaudited
             Statements save and except for the dissolution of the Partnership
             and any changes to the Unaudited Statements agreed to by the
             parties.

     (d)     For the purposes of this Article V, the unaudited balance sheet of
             the Partnership as at December 31, 1998 is referred to as the
             Partnership's "Balance Sheet" and December 31, 1998, is referred to
             as the "Balance Sheet Date".

5.7  No Undisclosed Liabilities

Except as set forth on Schedule 5.7, the Partnership has no indebtedness,
obligations or liabilities of any kind (whether absolute, contingent or
otherwise, and whether due or to become due) which are not reflected on its
Balance Sheet other than such indebtedness, obligations or liabilities (i) as
were incurred in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with its
past practices since the Balance Sheet Date, (ii) existing pursuant to any
contract or agreement disclosed on Schedules 5.10(a), 5.11, 5.12, 5.13 or 5.16
or any contract or agreement not required to be disclosed thereon because such
contract or agreement was not of the type required to be disclosed thereon by
such Sections.

5.8  Absence of Certain Developments 

     Except as expressly required by this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule
5.8, since the Balance Sheet Date:
<PAGE>
 
                                      -25-

          (a)     there has not been any Material Adverse Change in the
                  Partnership nor has there occurred any event which is
                  reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change in
                  the Partnership;

          (b)     the Partnership has not made any material change with respect
                  to any method of management, operation or accounting in
                  respect of the Business;

          (c)     there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or
                  not covered by insurance, with respect to the property and
                  assets of the Partnership having a replacement cost of more
                  than C$10,000 for any single loss or C$25,000 for all such
                  losses;

          (d)     the Partnership has not (i) awarded or paid any bonuses to
                  employees of the Partnership and the employee benefit plan
                  with respect to the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998, or (ii)
                  entered into, or increased or agreed to increase the
                  compensation payable or to become payable by it or the
                  coverage or benefits available under, any written or oral
                  employment agreement or arrangement, deferred compensation
                  agreement, severance pay, termination pay, vacation pay,
                  company awards, salary continuation for disability, sick
                  leave, deferred compensation, bonus or other incentive
                  compensation, insurance, pension or other employee benefit
                  plan, payment or arrangement made to, for or with the
                  Partnership's or the Vendor's directors, officers, employees,
                  agents or representatives (other than normal increases in the
                  ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) and
                  that in the aggregate have not resulted in a material increase
                  in the benefits or compensation expense of the Partnership
                  taken as a whole;

          (e)     there has not been any change by the Partnership in accounting
                  or Tax reporting principles, methods or policies;

          (f)     the Partnership has not entered into any transaction or
                  Contract or conducted the Business other than in the ordinary
                  course consistent with past practice;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -26-

          (g)     the Partnership has not failed to promptly pay and discharge
                  current liabilities except where disputed in good faith by
                  appropriate proceedings;

          (h)     the Partnership has not made any loans, advances or capital
                  contributions to, or investments in, any Person or paid any
                  fees or expenses to the Vendor and any Affiliate of the
                  Vendor;

          (i)     the Partnership has not mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any
                  Lien any of its assets, or acquired any assets or sold,
                  assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed
                  of any assets, except for assets acquired or sold, assigned,
                  transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of in the
                  ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

          (j)     the Partnership has not discharged or satisfied any Lien, or
                  paid any obligation or liability (fixed or contingent), except
                  in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
                  practice;

          (k)     the Partnership has not canceled or compromised any debt or
                  claim or amended, canceled, terminated, relinquished, waived
                  or released any Contract or right except in the ordinary
                  course of business consistent with past practice and which, in
                  the aggregate, would not be material to the Partnership taken
                  as a whole;

          (l)     the Partnership has not engaged in any business in which it
                  had not been engaged prior to the Balance Sheet Date;

          (m)     the Partnership has not made any Capital Expenditure or
                  capital additions or betterments in excess of C$25,000
                  individually or C$100,000 in the aggregate or committed to
                  make but not made or completed any Capital Expenditure or
                  capital additions or betterments of any amount;

          (n)     the Partnership has not instituted or settled any material
                  Legal Proceeding; and

          (o)     none of the Vendor, Denis or the Partnership has agreed to do
                  anything set forth in this Section 5.8.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -27-

5.9        Residency

          (a)     The Vendor is not a non-resident for the purposes of the
                  Income Tax Act (Canada);

5.10       Leased Property

          (a)     Schedule 5.10(a) sets forth a complete list of all real or
                  immovable property and interests in real or immovable property
                  leased by the Vendor on behalf of the Partnership as lessee in
                  which a Store is located (individually, a "Real Property
                  Lease") and the real or immovable properties specified in such
                  leases, (therein individually referred to as "Company
                  Property" and collectively referred to as "Company
                  Properties") together with the expiry date of each Real
                  Property Lease and renewal term available.  The Real Property
                  Leases constitute all interests in real or immovable property
                  currently used or currently held for use in connection with
                  the
<PAGE>
 
                                      -28-

                  ownership and/or operation of the Stores.  Except as disclosed
                  in Schedule 5.10(a) the Partnership, at Time of Closing, will
                  have a valid and enforceable leasehold interest under each of
                  the Real Property Leases, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
                  insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws
                  affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally and
                  subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity
                  (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding
                  at law or in equity) and will have obtained the consent of the
                  landlord of each Real Property Lease to assign the Real
                  Property Lease from the Vendor or the Partnership to the
                  Purchaser.  The Partnership has not received any written
                  notice of any outstanding default and to the knowledge of the
                  Vendor and Denis none of the landlords in respect of the Real
                  Property Leases has caused an event of default that with
                  notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default
                  by any one of such landlords under any of the Real Property
                  Leases.  Each of the Company Properties, fixtures and
                  improvements thereon is in operating condition and repair
                  (subject to normal wear and tear).  Except as disclosed on
                  Schedule 5.10(a) the Partnership is not in default of any
                  material terms of the Real Property Leases.  With respect to
                  each Company Property and excepting any contracts with the
                  Purchaser, there is no equipment lease, service contract or
                  other contract or agreement to which the Partnership or the
                  Vendor is a party affecting such Company Property
                  (collectively, "Property Contracts") which (i) was not made in
                  the ordinary course of business, (ii) is not terminable upon
                  30 days' prior notice by the Partnership without payment of a
                  premium or penalty or (iii) requires payments in excess of an
                  amount that, if added to the monthly payment obligations of
                  all other Property Contracts in respect of such Company
                  Property, would cause the aggregate amount of all monthly
                  payment obligations in respect of all Property Contracts for
                  such Company Property to  exceed C$1,000.  The Vendor has
                  delivered to the Purchaser true, correct and complete copies
                  of the Real Property Leases, together  with  all amendments,
                  modifications or  supplements, if any,  thereto.  The
                  Partnership  presently  owns and operates cheque cashing and
                  financial services
<PAGE>
 
                                      -29-

                  stores at the locations set forth next to each Company
                  Property on Schedule 5.10(a).

          (b)     To the best knowledge of the Vendor and Denis without due
                  diligence, the Partnership has obtained all material Permits
                  of any Governmental Body necessary for the current use and
                  operation of each Company Property, and the Partnership has
                  fully complied with all material conditions of the Permits
                  applicable to them.  No material default or violation, or
                  event that with the lapse of time or giving of notice or both
                  would become a default or violation, has occurred in the due
                  observance of any Permit.

          (c)     There does not exist any actual or, to the best knowledge of
                  the Vendor and Denis, threatened or contemplated condemnation
                  or eminent domain proceedings that affect any Company Property
                  or any part thereof, and none of the Vendor, Denis and the
                  Partnership has received any notice, oral or written, of the
                  intention of any Governmental Body or other Person to take or
                  use all or any part thereof.

          (d)     None of the Vendor, Denis or the Partnership has received any
                  written notice from any insurance company municipality or of
                  the governmental authority requiring performance of any
                  structural or other repairs or alterations to such Company
                  Property.

          (e)     The Partnership has sent notice of intention to renew to each
                  lessor for a Real Property Lease that is due to receive
                  notification of renewal of Lease in accordance with the terms
                  thereof.

          (f)     To the best knowledge of the Vendor and Denis without due
                  diligence, the Company Property and the current uses thereof
                  and the conduct of the Business comply with all zoning
                  regulations and bylaws and to the knowledge of the Vendor and
                  Denis without due inquiry, all other regulations, statutes,
                  enactments, laws and by-laws including, without limitation,
                  those dealing with parking, access, loading facilities,
                  landscaped areas, building construction, fire and public
                  health and safety and Environmental Laws.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -30-

          (g)     the Company Property (including all improvements and fixtures)
                  is fit for its present use, and to the best of knowledge of
                  the Vendor, Denis and the Partnership there are no material or
                  structural repairs to, or replacements of, the roof or the
                  mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning
                  plumbing or drainage equipment or systems that are currently
                  necessary for the continued operation of the Business and the
                  Company Property is not currently undergoing any alteration or
                  renovation nor is any such alteration or renovation
                  contemplated.

5.11       Tangible Personal Property

          (a)     Schedule 5.11 sets forth all written leases of personal or
                  moveable property ("Personal Property Leases") relating to
                  personal property used or usable in the operation of the
                  Stores or the Business.  The Vendor has delivered or otherwise
                  made available to the Purchaser true, correct and complete
                  copies of the Personal Property Leases, together with all
                  amendments, modifications or supplements thereto.

          (b)     The Partnership has a valid leasehold interest under each of
                  the Personal Property Leases under which it is a lessee,
                  subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
                  moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights and
                  remedies generally and subject, as to enforceability, to
                  general principles of equity (regardless of whether
                  enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity),
                  and there is no default under any Personal Property Lease by
                  the Partnership or, to the best knowledge of the Vendor and
                  Denis, by any other party thereto, and no event has occurred
                  that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both
                  would constitute a default thereunder.  Each of the items of
                  tangible personal property used by the Partnership under the
                  Personal Property Leases is in operating condition and repair
                  (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and is suitable for the
                  purposes used.

          (c)     The Partnership has and at the Time of Closing will have good
                  and marketable title to all of the items of tangible personal
                  or moveable property reflected in the Balance Sheet (except as
                  sold or disposed of subsequent to the date thereof in the
                  ordinary course of business 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -31-

                  consistent with past practice), free and clear of any and all
                  Liens other than the Permitted Exceptions and except as set
                  out in Schedule 5.11. All such items of tangible personal or
                  moveable property which, individually or in the aggregate, are
                  material to the operation of the Stores and the Business are
                  in good condition and in a state of good maintenance and
                  repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and are suitable for
                  the purposes used.

          (d)     The Partnership owns (or leases from unaffiliated Persons) all
                  tangible personal property used to conduct the Business.

5.12      Intangible Property

          Schedule 5.12 under the heading "software" contains a complete and
correct list of each software computer program used by the Partnership or the
Vendor on behalf of the Partnership and to the knowledge of Denis and the Vendor
without due inquiry, the license agreement for each computer software program is
in good standing assuming the installer has correctly licensed and documented
the software being installed.  Schedule 5.12 contains a complete and correct
list of each software computer program owned by the Partnership or Vendor on
behalf of the Partnership free and clear of all Liens and is in good standing
subject to any rights and restrictions of any retail "off the shelf" software
programs or any license agreement with the Purchaser for Money P.O.S. software.
The Partnership does not own any patent or patent license.  There have been no
claims made and none of the Vendor or Denis has received any notice or otherwise
knows or has reason to believe that any of the foregoing is invalid or conflicts
with the asserted rights of others.  The Partnership possesses through ownership
or license all trade names, trademarks, trade secret rights, computer programs,
software, service marks, brand marks, brand names, copyrights, know-how,
formulae and other proprietary and trade rights for the conduct of the Business
as now conducted, and without any known conflict with the rights of others and
the Partnership has not forfeited or otherwise relinquished any such patent,
patent license, trade name, trademark, trade secret right, computer program,
software, service mark, brand mark, brand name, copyright, know-how, formulae or
other proprietary right currently used for the conduct of its business as
conducted on the date hereof.  The Partnership is not under any obligation to
pay any royalties or similar payments in connection with any license to the
Vendor, Denis or any Affiliate thereof or any other Person other than as set out
in Schedule 5.12.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -32-

5.13      Material Contracts

          Schedule 5.13 sets forth all of the following Contracts to which the
Partnership is a party or by which it is bound (collectively, the "Material
Contracts"):  (i) Contracts with the Vendor or any direct or indirect
shareholder, partner or equity holder of the Vendor (or any Affiliates of any of
the foregoing) or any current or former officer or director of the Partnership
or Vendor; (ii) Contracts with any labor union or association representing any
employee of the Partnership; (iii) Contracts for the sale of any of the assets
of the Partnership other than in the ordinary course of business or for the
grant to any Person of any preferential rights to purchase any of its assets;
(iv) partnership, or joint venture agreements; (v) Contracts containing
covenants of the Partnership, Vendor or Affiliates not to compete in any line of
business or with any Person in any geographical area or covenants of any other
Person not to compete with the Partnership in any line of business or in any
geographical area; (vi) Contracts relating to the acquisition by the Partnership
of any operating business or the capital stock of any other Person; (vii)
Contracts of the Partnership relating to the borrowing of money; (viii)
Contracts relating to the distribution of money orders or similar instruments;
(ix) Contracts relating to money transfers; (x) Contracts relating to the
payment of utility or other bills for third parties; (xi) any other Contracts,
other than Real Property Leases, which were not entered into in the ordinary
course consistent with past practice, or which involve the expenditure of more
than C$25,000 in the aggregate or require performance by any party more than one
year from the date hereof; (xii) Contracts involving an obligation to make a
Capital Expenditure; and (xiii) franchise or licensing Contracts pursuant to
which the Partnership is a franchisor, franchisee, licensor or licensee.  There
have been made available to the Purchaser true and complete copies of each of
the Material Contracts.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.13, each of the
Material Contracts and other agreements is in full force and effect and is the
legal, valid and binding obligation of each party thereto, enforceable against
such party in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors'
rights and remedies generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general
principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a
proceeding at law or in equity).  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.13, the
Partnership is not in default in any material respect under any Material
Contracts nor, to the knowledge of the  Vendor and Denis, is any other party to
any Material Contract in default thereunder in any material respect.  For
purposes hereof, "Assumed Contracts" shall consist of (i) the Material Contracts
listed on Schedule 5.13 (ii) the Non-Material Contracts, (iii) Personal Property
Leases and (iv) all Real Property Leases.

5.14      Employee Benefits
<PAGE>
 
                                      -33-

          (a)     All of the employees working on a full-time basis in the
                  Stores or the Business are and at all times during such
                  employment have been employees of the Partnership and not the
                  Vendor or a third party.  The Partnership has no pension,
                  profit sharing, retirement, death benefit, welfare, company
                  awards, salary continuation for disability, sick leave,
                  deferred compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation,
                  stock purchase arrangements or policies, life insurance,
                  scholarship or other employee benefit plan, program, policy or
                  arrangement maintained by the Partnership or to which the
                  Partnership has any liability (contingent or otherwise) with
                  respect to employees, officers, directors or shareholders of
                  the Partnership ("Employee Benefit Plans") and the Financial
                  Statements reflect in the aggregate an accrual of all amounts
                  accrued but unpaid to or for the benefit of all employees as
                  of the dates thereof.  The Partnership does not have any
                  commitment, whether formal or informal, and whether legally
                  binding or not, to create any such Employee Benefit Plan.  All
                  accrued and unpaid vacation pay of employees owing to the
                  employees for the period up to and including the day prior to
                  the Closing Date shall be paid to the employees by the Vendor
                  on behalf of the Partnership on or prior to the Closing Date.

5.15      Labour

          (a)     Except as set forth on Schedule 5.15(a), the Partnership is
                  not a party to any labor or collective bargaining agreement
                  and there are no labor or collective bargaining agreements
                  which pertain to employees of the Partnership.  The Vendor and
                  Denis have delivered or otherwise made available to the
                  Purchaser true, correct and complete copies of the labor or
                  collective bargaining agreements listed on Schedule 5.15(a),
                  together with all amendments, modifications or supplements
                  thereto.

          (b)     Except as set forth on Schedule 5.15(b), no employees of the
                  Partnership are represented by any labor organization with
                  respect to their employment with the Partnership.  No labor
                  organization or group of employees of the Partnership have
                  made a pending demand for recognition, and there are no
                  representation proceedings or petitions seeking a
                  representation proceeding presently pending or, 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -34-

                  to the best knowledge of the Vendor and Denis, threatened to
                  be brought or filed, with any federal or provincial agency
                  responsible for labor or employment laws or other labor
                  relations tribunal. There is no organizing activity involving
                  the Partnership pending or, to the best knowledge of the
                  Vendor and Denis threatened by any labor organization or group
                  of employees of the Partnership.

          (c)     There are no (i) strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns, lockouts
                  or arbitrations or (ii) material grievances or other labor
                  disputes pending or, to the best of the knowledge of the
                  Vendor and Denis, threatened against or involving the
                  Partnership.  There are no unfair labor practice charges,
                  grievances or complaints pending or, to the best of the
                  knowledge of the Vendor and Denis threatened by or on behalf
                  of any employee or group of employees of the Partnership.

5.16      Employment Matters

          Schedule 5.16 annexed hereto is a complete and accurate list of

          (a)     The job categories, number of employees in each category and
                  salary or wage range for each category with respect to
                  employees of the Partnership who earn total annual
                  compensation of less than C$25,000, and

          (b)     With respect to all other employees, officers and directors of
                  the Partnership, such employee's name and a brief job
                  description for each such employee  (the employees in 5.16(a)
                  and (b) being collectively, the "Employees") and, for each
                  such person, his or her current rate of compensation
                  (including salary, bonus and all other forms of compensation),
                  the date of hire and the date and amount of the most recent
                  increase in compensation, whether any commitment, promise or
                  undertaking has been made by the Partnership or any of its
                  officers with respect to any increase in the compensation
                  payable to any such employee or any portion thereof the extent
                  of such employee's participation in any Employee Benefit Plans
                  and any accrued rights under such Employee Benefit Plans that
                  will lapse or terminate by reason of the consummation of the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement.   The Partnership
                  does not have any employment, consulting or severance
                  contract, arrangement or 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -35-

                  understanding (either written or oral) with any person
                  whomsoever except such contracts as are listed on Schedule
                  5.16. Payments made to, employees of the Partnership have not
                  been in violation of any applicable laws, rules or regulations
                  dealing with such matters and all severance payments due to
                  any employee have been paid or accrued as a liability on the
                  books of the Partnership.

          (c)     No notice has been received by the Partnership of any
                  outstanding complaint filed by any of the employees against
                  the Partnership claiming the Partnership has violated any
                  provincial act or legislation applicable to employees or human
                  rights (or similar legislation in the other jurisdictions in
                  which the Business is conducted or the Partnership operates)
                  or of any complaints or proceedings of any kind involving the
                  Partnership or, to the knowledge of Denis or the Vendor,
                  without due inquiry, any of the employees of the Partnership
                  before any labour relations board save and except as set out
                  in Schedule 5.16(c).

          (d)     There are no outstanding orders or charges against the
                  Partnership or Vendor with respect to the Business under any
                  applicable health and safety legislation in the Province of
                  Alberta.

          (e)     Neither the Vendor nor Willner is aware of any non-compliance
                  by the Partnership of any obligations under the Human Rights
                  Act  (Alberta).No "pay equity" plans have been filed by or on
                  behalf of the Partnership with any governmental or regulatory
                  authority or delivered to its employees.

          (f)     The Partnership is an excluded employer under the workers'
                  compensation legislation and has no obligation to remit any
                  assessments pursuant to workers' compensation legislation
                  levied by any governmental authorities and, to the best of the
                  knowledge of the Vendor and Denis, the Partnership has no
                  liability for and there is no pending any state of facts which
                  may result in the levying of an assessment or a penalty charge
                  of any nature with respect to the period prior to the Closing.
                  The Partnership is not required to file payroll statements
                  pursuant to any workers' compensation legislation.  The
                  Partnership is not liable to indemnify any of its 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -36-

                  employees or any governmental body in respect of compensation
                  and/or healthcare payable to its employees pursuant to
                  applicable workers' compensation legislation.

5.17      Litigation

          Except as set forth in Schedule 5.17, there is no suit, action,
proceeding, investigation, claim or order pending or, to the knowledge of the
Vendor or Denis overtly threatened against the Partnership or the Vendor pending
or threatened, against any of the officers, directors or key employees of the
Partnership or the Vendor with respect to their business activities on behalf of
the Partnership), or to which the Vendor or the Partnership are otherwise a
party, before any court, or before any governmental department, commission,
board, agency, or instrumentality; nor is the Vendor or Denis aware of any facts
that would give rise to any such action, proceeding, or investigation.  The
Partnership and the Vendor are not subject to any judgment, Order or decree of
any court or Governmental Body and the Partnership is not engaged in any legal
action to recover monies due it or for damages sustained by it.

5.18      Compliance with Laws

          To the best knowledge of the Vendor and Denis without due inquiry the
Partnership possesses all material Licenses of and from all Governmental Bodies,
and has made all material filings with all Governmental Bodies, necessary to own
or lease its properties and assets and to conduct the Business.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 5.18, no proceeding has  been served or, to the knowledge of
the Vendor and Denis, threatened or commenced which seeks to, or could
reasonably be anticipated to, cause the suspension, modification, revocation or
withdrawal of any License.  The Partnership is currently, and at all times has
been, in material compliance with all Laws applicable to the Partnership and/or
the Business at any time or on prior to the Balance Sheet Date, including,
without limitation, all applicable credit, banking  and consumer  protection
Laws,  regulating  check  cashing,  debt  collection, plain  language  Laws  and
Laws  proscribing  unfair  and/or  deceptive  acts  or  practices  and
franchise disclosure laws.  Neither the Partnership, the Vendor nor any of its
directors, officers, employees or representatives has offered, proposed,
promised or made any illegal payment of a material amount of money or material
value to officers, employees or representatives of any Governmental Body, or
engaged in any illegal reciprocal practices or made any illegal payment or given
any other illegal consideration of a material amount of money or material value
to any third party.

5.19      Environmental Matters
<PAGE>
 
                                      -37-

          Except as set forth on Schedule 5.19 hereto with respect to Company
Properties:

          (a)     The operations of the Partnership have been and are in
                  material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and
                  all Licenses issued pursuant to Environmental Laws
                  ("Environmental Permits");

          (b)     The Partnership is not required to obtain any Environmental
                  Permits to operate, sell or assign the Business;

          (c)     The Partnership is not the subject of any outstanding written
                  order, agreement or Contract with any governmental authority
                  or person respecting (i) Environmental Laws, (ii) Remedial
                  Action, (iii) any Release or threatened Release of a Hazardous
                  Material or (iv) any Environmental Claim;

          (d)     The Partnership nor the Vendor has not received any written
                  communication alleging that the Partnership or the operations
                  thereof may be in violation of any Environmental Law or any
                  Environmental Permit, or may have any liability under any
                  Environmental Law;

          (e)     The Partnership has no known liability in connection with any
                  Release of any Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor
                  environment (whether on-site or off-site) and no facts or
                  circumstances exist which could reasonably be expected to give
                  rise to such liability under Environmental Laws;

          (f)     There are no legal or administrative proceedings pending or,
                  to the knowledge of the Vendor and Denis threatened against
                  the Partnership alleging the violation of or seeking to impose
                  liability pursuant to Environmental Laws;

          (g)     The Partnership has not received notice of any investigations
                  of the business, operations, or currently or previously owned,
                  operated or leased property of the Partnership in connection
                  with the Business nor, to the knowledge of any of the Vendor
                  and Denis, are there any such pending or threatened
                  investigations which could lead to the imposition of any
                  liability pursuant to Environmental Law;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -38-

          (h)     The Partnership has not, to the knowledge of Vendor or Denis,
                  transported, incorporated or otherwise deposited or installed
                  any (i) underground storage tanks, (ii) asbestos - containing
                  material or (iii) equipment containing polychlorinated
                  biphenyls at any of the properties leased under the Real
                  Property Leases;

          (i)     Neither the Vendor nor Denis has obtained or is aware of the
                  existence of any environmentally related audits, studies,
                  reports, analyses, and results of investigations that  have
                  been performed with respect to the Company Properties; and

          (j)     The Partnership has not had prepared any environmentally
                  related audits, studies, reports, analyses, or results of
                  investigation that have been performed with respect to the
                  Company Properties.

5.20      Insurance

          All insurance policies of any kind or nature covering the Partnership
or any of its respective employees, properties or assets, including, without
limitation, policies of life, disability, fire, theft, workers compensation,
employee fidelity and other casualty and liability insurance are in full force
and effect and the Partnership is not in default of any material provision
thereof.  To the best of the knowledge of the Vendor and Denis there are no
circumstances under which the Partnership would be required to or in order to
maintain its coverage should give any notice to insurers under any such
insurance policies related to the Assets or Company Properties which has not
been given.  Neither the Partnership nor the Vendor has received any notice from
any of the insurers regarding cancellation of such insurance policies.  The
Partnership nor the Vendor has not failed to give any notice of or present any
claim under such insurance policy in due and timely fashion.  The Partnership
has not received notice from any insurers denying any outstanding claims.

5.21      Payables

          All accounts payable of the Partnership reflected in its Balance Sheet
or arising after the date thereof are the result of bona fide transactions
entered into in the ordinary course of business and have been paid or are not
yet due and payable.

5.22      Related Party Transactions

          Except as set forth on Schedule 5.22, as at the Balance Sheet Date
none of the Partnership, the Vendor and Denis and any Affiliate of the
Partnership, Vendor or Denis has 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -39-

borrowed any monies from or has outstanding any indebtedness or other similar
obligations to the Partnership. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.22, none of
the family members of the Vendor or Denis, any Affiliate of the Vendor or Denis
or any officer, director or employee of either of them (i) owns any direct or
indirect interest of any kind in, or controls or is a director, officer,
employee or partner of, or consultant to, or lender to or borrower from or has
the right to participate in the profits of, any Person which is (A) a
competitor, supplier, customer, landlord, tenant, creditor or debtor of the
Denis, (B) engaged in a business related to the business of the Partnership, or
(C) a participant in any transaction to which the Partnership is a party or (ii)
is a party to any Contract or transaction with the Partnership.

5.23      Financial Advisors

          No Person has acted, directly or indirectly, as a broker, finder or
financial advisor excepting legal or accounting advisers for the Vendor or Denis
in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no Person
excepting legal and accounting advisors is entitled to any fee or commission or
like payment in respect thereof.

5.24      Licensed Operations

          Each of the Stores set out in Schedule 2.4(a) are operated by the
Partnership pursuant to a trademark license agreement with the Purchaser.  The
Partnership and the Vendor are not a party to any franchise agreements.

5.25      Name

          "Money Mart" and "Calgary Money Mart" are the only business names used
by the Partnership in the operation of the Stores and the Business.

5.26      Third Party Discussion

          Schedule 5.26 sets forth a list of all current and proposed plans or
discussions by the Partnership, the Vendor or Denis with third parties related
to potential acquisitions of equity interest in cheque cashing, currency
exchange, tax rebate programs, tax preparation or retail financial service
outlets.

5.27      No Bankruptcy

          There has not been filed any petition or application, or any
proceeding commenced which has not been discharged, by or against the
Partnership, the Vendor or Denis, or any Affiliate of any of them with respect
to any Assets of any of them under any 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -40-

law, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, re-organization, insolvency,
re-adjustment of debt or creditors rights and no assignment has been made by any
of them for the benefit of their respective creditors.

5.28      No Misrepresentation

          Neither the Vendor nor Denis has omitted to state a material fact or
make a statement which would make any of the representations or warranties
contained herein misleading or inaccurate.

5.29      Partnerships

          Since 1991 the Business has always been operated in and the Assets
owned by or on behalf of the Partnership.

5.30      Withholdings

          The Partnership has withheld and will continue until the Closing Date
to withhold from each payment made to the Employees the amount of all taxes,
including but not limited to income tax, premium contributions, remittance and
assessments or re-assessments for unemployment insurance employer health tax,
Canada Pension Plan, income tax, workers' compensation and any other employment
related legislation, accrued wages, Taxes, salaries, commission and employee
benefit plan payments, and other amounts required to be withheld therefrom, and
will have paid the same to the proper tax or other receiving authorities within
the time required under any applicable legislation.  The amount of tax withheld
but not remitted will be retained in the Partnership's account and will be
remitted by the Partnership on the earlier of the date same is due or the
Closing Date.

5.31      The Partnership

          The Partnership has not and will not during the Interim Period carry
on, be engaged or involved in any business or activity  whatsoever, including an
adventure in the nature of trade, have any employees, have any assets or
liabilities or enter into contracts or agreements excepting the Business and
this Agreement.  At the time of dissolution of the Partnership the Business
operated from the Outlets was exclusively financial services and without
restricting the generality of the foregoing did not include services of sale of
photo identification cards, mail box rentals, fax and copy services, sale of
phone cards or sale of transit passes.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -41-

           ARTICLE VI - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

          The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Vendor that:

6.1       Organization and Good Standing

          The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the Province of Alberta.

6.2       Authorization of Agreement

          The Purchaser has full corporate power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and each other agreement, document, instrument or
certificate contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by the Purchaser in
connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby (the "Purchaser Documents"), and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by the
Purchaser of this Agreement and each Purchaser Document have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of the Purchaser.  This
Agreement has been, and each Purchaser Document will be at or prior to the
Closing, duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and (assuming the due
authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto)
this Agreement constitutes, and each Purchaser Document when so executed and
delivered will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with their respective
terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
and similar laws affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally, and
subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, including
principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless
of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.3       Conflicts; Consents of Third Parties

          (a)     Except as set forth on Schedule 6.3 hereto, none of the
                  execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement and
                  of the Purchaser Documents, the consummation by the Purchaser
                  of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby which will
                  affect the Purchaser's ability to close, or compliance by the
                  Purchaser with any of the provisions hereof or thereof will
                  (i) conflict with, or result in the breach of, any provision
                  of the order of amalgamation or articles of the Purchaser,
                  (ii) conflict with, violate, result in the breach or
                  termination of, constitute a default under, or give rise to
<PAGE>
 
                                      -42-

                  any right of acceleration under, any note, bond, mortgage,
                  indenture, license, agreement or other instrument or
                  obligation to which the Purchaser is a party or by which the
                  Purchaser or its properties or assets is bound or (iii)
                  violate any statute, rule, regulation, judgment or Order of
                  any Governmental Body by which the Purchaser is bound.

          (b)     Except as set forth on Schedule 6.3, no consent, waiver,
                  approval, Order, Permit or authorization of, or declaration or
                  filing with, or notification to, any Person or Governmental
                  Body not previously obtained is required on the part of the
                  Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of
                  this Agreement or the Purchaser Documents or the compliance by
                  Purchaser with any of the provisions hereof or thereof.

6.4       Litigation

          There are no Legal Proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of
the Purchaser, threatened that are reasonably likely to prohibit or restrain the
ability of the Purchaser to enter into this Agreement or consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby.

6.5       Financial Advisors

          No Person has acted, directly or indirectly, as a broker, finder or
financial advisor for the Purchaser in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and no Person is entitled to any fee or
commission or like payment in respect thereof.

6.6       Bankruptcy

          The Purchaser is not insolvent, nor has it committed an act of
bankruptcy, proposed a compromise or arrangement to its creditors generally, had
any petition or receiving order in bankruptcy filed against it, taken any
proceedings with respect to a compromise or arrangement, taken any proceedings
to have itself declared bankrupt or wound-up, taken any proceedings to have a
receiver appointed over any material part of its assets, had any encumbrancer
take possession of any of its property, or had any execution or distress become
enforceable or become levied upon any of its properties or assets.

6.7       Approvals
<PAGE>
 
                                      -43-

          The Purchaser does not have to obtain any federal, provincial,
municipal or other governmental approvals and consents in order to permit the
purchase of Vendor's Share of Assets contemplated herein.

                            ARTICLE VII - COVENANTS

7.1       Access to Information

          During the Interim Period the Vendor agrees that the Purchaser shall
be entitled, through its officers, employees and representatives (including,
without limitation, its legal advisors and accountants), to make such
investigation of the properties, businesses and operations of and the
Partnership and such examination of the books, records and financial condition
of the Partnership as it reasonably requests and to make extracts and copies of
such books and records.  Any such investigation and examination shall be
conducted during regular business hours and under reasonable circumstances, and
the Vendor shall cooperate, fully therein.  No investigation by the Purchaser
prior to or after the date of this Agreement shall diminish or obviate any of
the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the Vendor and Denis
contained in this Agreement or the Transaction Documents unless waived by the
Purchaser in writing prior to Closing.  In order that the Purchaser may have
full opportunity to make such physical, business, accounting and legal review,
examination or investigation as it may reasonably request of the affairs of the
Partnership, the Vendor shall cause the officers, employees, consultants,
agents, accountants, lawyers and other representatives of the Partnership and
Vendor to cooperate fully with such representatives in connection with such
review and examination.  Notwithstanding the above until the Vendor discloses
the sale of the Assets to its employees the Purchaser, its officers, employees
and representatives shall maintain utmost secrecy in conducting its
investigation and shall not speak to employees of the Partnership with respect
to the transactions contemplated herein or enter any of the Stores without the
prior written consent of Denis.

7.2       Conduct of the Business Pending the Closing

          (a)     Except as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement
                  or with the prior written consent of the Purchaser, the
                  Partnership and the Vendor during the Interim Period shall:

                  (i)  conduct the business of the Partnership only in the
                       ordinary course consistent with past practice;

                  (ii) use its best efforts to (A) preserve its present business
                       operations, organization (including, without limitation,
                       management and the staff) and goodwill of the Partnership
<PAGE>
 
                                      -44-

                       and (B) preserve its present relationship with Persons
                       having business dealings with the Partnership;

                (iii)  maintain (A) all of the assets and properties of the
                       Partnership in their current condition, ordinary wear and
                       tear excepted and (B) insurance upon all of the Assets in
                       such amounts and of such kinds comparable to that in
                       effect on the date of this Agreement;

                  (iv) maintain

                       (A)  the books, accounts and records of the Partnership
                            in the ordinary course of business consistent with
                            past practices,

                       (B)  continue to collect accounts receivable and pay
                            accounts payable utilizing normal procedures and
                            without discounting or accelerating payment of such
                            accounts, and

                       (C)  comply with all contractual and other obligations
                            applicable to the operation of the Partnership;

                  (v)  promptly pay and discharge all liabilities (including
                       liabilities for services rendered or goods delivered to
                       the Partnership) that are due and payable by it prior to
                       the Closing Date except where such liabilities are being
                       disputed in good faith by appropriate proceedings; and

                  (vi) comply in all material respects with applicable Laws.

          (b)     Except as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement
                  or with the prior written consent of the Purchaser, the
                  Partnership and the Vendor during the Interim Period shall
                  not:

                  (i)  transfer, issue, sell or dispose of any partnership
                       interests or other securities of the Partnership or grant
                       options, warrants, calls or other rights to purchase or
                       otherwise acquire shares of the capital stock,
                       partnership interests or other securities of the
                       Partnership;

                  (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 7.2, (A) increase the
                       annual level of compensation of any employee of the
                       Partnership whose annual compensation exceeds C$25,000,
                       other than any such increases of less than 5% in the
                       aggregate granted in the ordinary course of business
                       consistent with past practice, (B) increase the annual
                       level of compensation 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -45-

                       payable or to become payable by the Partnership to any of
                       their respective executive officers, (C) grant any bonus,
                       benefit or other direct or indirect compensation to any
                       employee, director or consultant whose annual
                       compensation exceeds C$25,000, other than in the ordinary
                       course consistent with past practice and in such amounts
                       as are fully reserved against in the Financial
                       Statements, (D) increase the coverage or benefits
                       available under any (or create any new) severance pay,
                       termination pay, vacation pay, company awards, salary
                       continuation for disability, sick leave, deferred
                       compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation,
                       insurance, pension or other employee benefit plan or
                       arrangement made to, for, or with any of the directors,
                       officers, employees, agents or representatives of the
                       Partnership or otherwise modify or amend or terminate any
                       such plan or arrangement or (E) enter into any
                       employment, deferred compensation, severance, consulting,
                       non-competition or similar agreement (or amend any such
                       agreement) to which the Partnership is a party or
                       involving a representative or employee of the Partnership
                       in his or her capacity as a representative or employee of
                       the Partnership;

                (iii)  except for trade payables and for indebtedness for
                       borrowed money incurred in the ordinary course of
                       business and consistent with past practice, borrow monies
                       for any reason or draw down on any line of credit or debt
                       obligation, or become the guarantor, surety, endorser or
                       otherwise liable for any debt, obligation or liability
                       (contingent or otherwise) of any other Person;

                  (iv) subject any of the Assets to any Lien, ;

                  (v)  acquire any material properties or assets or sell,
                       assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of
                       any of the Assets, except (other than with respect to the
                       Stores or the Business) for fair consideration in the
                       ordinary course of business consistent with past practice
                       of the Partnership;

                  (vi) cancel or compromise any debt or claim or waive or
                       release any material right related to the Business or the
                       Assets of the Partnership except in the ordinary course
                       of business consistent with past practice;

                (vii)  enter into any commitment for Capital Expenditures out
                       of the ordinary cause of business and in excess of Five
                       Thousand ($5,000.00) Dollars in the aggregate;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -46-


               (viii)  enter into, modify or terminate any labor or
                       collective bargaining agreement of the Partnership or,
                       through negotiation or otherwise, make any commitment or
                       incur any liability to any labor organization with
                       respect to the Partnership or;

               (ix)    introduce any material change with respect to the
                       operation of the Partnership, including any material
                       change in the types, nature, composition or quality of
                       its products or services or, other than in the ordinary
                       course of business, make any change in specifications for
                       product or services of the Business or prices or terms of
                       granting credit and other distribution of such product or
                       services;

               (x)     enter into any transaction or to make or enter into any
                       Contract which by reason of its size or otherwise is not
                       in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
                       practice of the Partnership or the Business;

               (xi)    become obligated to develop any new locations;

               (xii)   enter into or agree to enter into any merger or
                       consolidation with any Person or engage in any new
                       business or invest in, make a loan, advance or capital
                       contribution to, or otherwise acquire the securities of,
                       any other Person;

               (xiii)  except for transfers of cash pursuant to normal cash
                       management practices, make any investments in or loans
                       to, or pay any fees or expenses to, or enter into or
                       modify any Contract with any of the Vendor, Denis or a
                       partner or Affiliate of the Vendor and Denis other than
                       in accordance with past practices;

               (xiv)   restructure, change, modify or renegotiate the terms of
                       any obligation of the Partnership to another Person which
                       restructuring, change, modification or renegotiation has
                       the effect of extending, delaying or deferring the time
                       for payment or performance of any such obligation, other
                       than in the ordinary course of business consistent with
                       past practice; or

               (xv)    agree to do anything prohibited by this Section 7.2 or
                       take or omit to take any action which would make any of
                       the representations and warranties of the Vendor and
                       Denis in this Agreement or the Transaction Documents
                       untrue or incorrect in any material respect during the
                       Interim Period.

7.3       Consents
<PAGE>
 
                                      -47-

          During the Interim Period the Vendor shall use their commercially
reasonably best efforts, and the Purchaser shall cooperate with them to obtain
at the earliest practicable date all consents, waivers, approvals, Orders,
Permits and authorizations of any Person or Governmental Body required to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without
limitation, the consents, waivers, approvals, estoppels, Orders, Permits and
authorizations of any Person or Governmental Body referred to in Section 5.4(b)
hereof.  If requested by the Vendor the Purchaser shall assist the Vendor by
providing reasonable information to necessary third parties.

7.4       Consents to Real Property Leases

          The Vendor shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts and
the Purchaser shall cooperate with the Vendor to obtain all consents and
estoppels from landlords which are required to be obtained under Section 9.3
hereof to transfer the Real Property Leases to the Buyer and consummate all
other transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the terms of any
of the Real Property Leases.

7.5       No Solicitation

          During the Interim Period the Vendor will not, nor will the Vendor
cause or permit any of its directors, officers, employees, representatives or
agents (collectively, the "Representatives") to, directly or indirectly, (i)
discuss, negotiate, undertake, authorize, recommend, propose or enter into,
either as the proposed surviving, merged, acquiring or acquired corporation, any
transaction involving a merger, consolidation, business combination, purchase or
disposition of any capital stock or other equity interest in, or material assets
of,  or the Partnership other than the transactions set forth in this Agreement
(an "Acquisition Transaction"), (ii) facilitate, encourage, solicit or initiate
discussions, negotiations or submissions of proposals or offers in respect of an
Acquisition Transaction, (iii) furnish or cause to be furnished, to any Person,
any information concerning the business, operations, properties or assets of the
Partnership in connection with an Acquisition Transaction, or (iv) otherwise
cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage,
any effort or attempt by any other Person to do or seek any of the foregoing.
The Vendor will inform the Buyer in writing immediately following the receipt by
the Vendor of any proposal or inquiry in respect of any Acquisition Transaction.

7.6       Intentionally Deleted

7.7       Publicity
<PAGE>
 
                                      -48-

          None of the Partnership, the Vendor, and Denis and the Purchaser shall
issue any press release or public announcement concerning this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby without obtaining the prior written approval of
the other parties hereto, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed, unless, in the sole judgment of the Purchaser, disclosure is otherwise
required by applicable Law, provided that, to the extent required by applicable
law, the party intending to make such release shall use its best efforts
consistent with such applicable law to consult with the other party with respect
to the text thereof.

7.8       Use of Name

          The Vendor hereby agrees that upon the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby, the Vendor shall have no right to the use of
the name "Money Mart" in connection with the Stores or otherwise.

7.9       Preservation of Records

          The Purchaser shall preserve and keep the books and records delivered
to it by the Vendor for a period of four years from the Closing Date and shall
make such records available to the Vendor as may be reasonably required in
connection with, among other things, preparation of financial records and tax
returns, audits, legal proceedings, government investigations and insurance
claims by or against the Vendor.  In the event that the Vendor wishes to take
possession of the records following expiry of the four year period it shall
provide notice to the Purchaser within ninety (90) days following expiry of the
four year period of such fact and shall arrange for pick-up of such records at a
mutually convenient time.

7.10      Non-Competition Agreements

          Each of the Vendor and Denis hereby agree that, on or prior to the
Closing Date, each of them shall execute and deliver and shall cause Claire
Willner to execute and deliver to the Purchaser a Non-Competition Agreement,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto ("Non-Competition Agreement").

7.11      Employer Health Tax

          The Partnership has no responsibility and liability for Workers'
Compensation Board payments in respect of all remuneration paid to employees of
the Partnership in the Business in respect of services provided during the
period prior to the Closing Date.

7.12      Employees
<PAGE>
 
                                      -49-

          (a)     The Vendor agrees to provide the Purchaser with an up-to-date
                  list of the names of the employees of the Business at least
                  two Business Days and not more than four Business Days prior
                  to the Closing Date (the "Listed Employees").

          (b)     The Partnership shall employ all of the employees set out in
                  Schedule 5.16 until Closing Date, except for any employees who
                  prior to the Closing Date:

                  (i)  are terminated for cause;

                  (ii) are terminated with the Purchaser's consent, which
                       consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;

                  (iii)  voluntarily resign; or

                  (iv)  retire.

          (c)     The Purchaser shall, with effect from and after said Closing
                  offer employment to all Listed Employees of the Partnership on
                  the same terms and conditions under which the Listed Employees
                  are presently employed.  In the event that the Purchaser
                  shall, subsequent to the time when any Listed Employee becomes
                  employed by the Purchaser terminate or constructively
                  terminate the employment of such Listed Employees in
                  circumstances where the Listed Employees shall make or have a
                  claim or entitlement in respect of wrongful dismissal,
                  severance pay or the receipt of reasonable prior notice, the
                  Purchaser shall be responsible and shall indemnify the Vendor
                  and Denis for all payments to be made and all expenses and
                  costs arising out of or in connection with such termination.
                  The Vendor and Denis shall not attempt in any way to
                  discourage any of the Listed Employees from accepting work
                  with the Purchaser.  The Vendor and Denis shall not solicit
                  the services of any of the Employees during the five (5) year
                  period following the Closing Date without the consent in
                  writing of the Purchaser.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -50-

                      ARTICLE VIII - CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

8.1       Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Purchaser

          The obligation of the Purchaser to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, on or prior to the
Closing Date, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be
waived by the Purchaser in whole or in part):

          (a)     Deleted.

          (b)     All representations and warranties of the Vendor and Denis
                  contained herein not qualified as to materiality shall be true
                  and correct, and the representations and warranties of the
                  Vendor contained herein qualified as to materiality shall be
                  true and correct in all material respects, at and as of the
                  Closing Date with the same effect as though those
                  representations and warranties had been made again at and as
                  of that time;

          (c)     The Vendor and Denis shall have performed and complied in all
                  material respects with all obligations and covenants required
                  by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on
                  or prior to the Closing Date;

          (d)     The Purchaser shall have obtained all consents and waivers
                  referred to in Section 6.3 hereof with respect to the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Purchaser
                  Documents;

          (e)     There shall not have been or occurred any Material Adverse
                  Change in the Partnership or the Business since the Balance
                  Sheet Date;

          (f)     The Vendor shall have obtained all consents and waivers
                  referred to in Section 5.4 hereof, in a form reasonably
                  satisfactory to the Purchaser, with respect to the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction
                  Documents.

          (g)     No Legal Proceedings shall have been instituted or threatened
                  or claim or demand made against any of the Partnership, the
                  Vendor, Denis or the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates
                  seeking to restrain or prohibit or to obtain substantial
                  damages with respect to the consummation of the transactions
                  contemplated hereby, and there 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -51-

                  shall not be in effect any Order by a Governmental Body of
                  competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or otherwise
                  prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated
                  hereby;

          (h)     Estoppels, assignments and any necessary consents from the
                  landlords and lessors under each Real Property Lease shall
                  have been obtained in form and substance satisfactory to
                  Purchaser in accordance with Section 9.3;

          (i)     The Vendor shall have presented a form of opinion of the
                  Vendor's Solicitors in a form and substance satisfactory to
                  the Purchaser acting reasonably;

          (j)     The Purchaser shall have received duly executed copies of each
                  of the documents enumerated in Section 9.1;

          (k)     The Vendor shall have amended such Real Property Leases
                  necessary to cure the defaults set out in Schedule 5.10(a).

8.2       Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Vendor

          The obligations of the Vendor to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, prior to or on
the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may
be waived by the Vendor in whole or in part to the extent permitted by
applicable law):

          (a)     Deleted.

          (b)     all representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained
                  herein not qualified as to materiality shall be true and
                  correct, and all representations and warranties of the
                  Purchaser contained herein qualified as to materiality shall
                  be true and correct in all material respects, at and as of the
                  Closing Date with the same effect as though those
                  representations and warranties had been made again at and as
                  of that date;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -52-


          (c)     the Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all
                  material respects with all obligations and covenants required
                  by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by
                  Purchaser on or prior to the Closing Date;

          (d)     The Vendor shall have obtained all consents and waivers
                  referred to in Section 5.4 hereof with respect to the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
                  Transaction Documents.

          (e)     No Legal Proceedings shall have been instituted or threatened
                  or claim or demand made against any of the Partnership, the
                  Vendor, Denis or the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates
                  seeking to restrain or prohibit or to obtain substantial
                  damages with respect to the consummation of the transactions
                  contemplated hereby, and there shall not be in effect any
                  Order by a Governmental Body of competent jurisdiction
                  restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the
                  consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

          (f)     the Purchaser shall have obtained all consents and waivers
                  referred to in Section 6.3 hereof, in a form reasonably
                  satisfactory to the Vendor, with respect to the transactions
                  contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents;

          (g)     The Purchaser shall have presented a form of opinion of the
                  Purchaser's Solicitors in a form and substance satisfactory to
                  the Vendor acting reasonably;

          (h)     the Vendor shall have received duly executed copies of each of
                  the documents enumerated in Section 9.2; and

          (i)     The Vendor shall have amended such Real Property Leases
                  necessary to cure the defaults set out in Schedule 5.10(a) and
                  to satisfy the stated requirements of the Purchaser with
                  respect to the leases for 2213 Centre Street, Calgary and 3454
                  - 17th Avenue S.E., Calgary.

8.3       Failure of Vendor to Satisfy Conditions Precedent
<PAGE>
 
                                      -53-

          If any of the foregoing conditions contained in Section 8.1 are not
satisfied at the Time of Closing, the Purchaser may:

          (a)     refuse to complete the transaction contemplated in this
                  Agreement by notice in writing to the Vendor and, in such
                  event, the Purchaser shall be released from all of its
                  obligations under this Agreement and this Agreement shall
                  thereupon be deemed to be null and void and of no force or
                  effect whatsoever. Vendor and Denis shall not be released from
                  their obligations hereunder unless the ability to satisfy the
                  unsatisfied condition was beyond reasonable the control of the
                  Vendor and Denis; or

          (b)     complete the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, it
                  being expressly understood and agreed that following such
                  completion the Purchaser may rely upon the warranties,
                  representations or covenants relating to any unsatisfied
                  condition unless the ability to satisfy the unsatisfied
                  condition was beyond the reasonable control of the Vendor and
                  Denis.

provided that any of the said conditions may be waived in whole or in part by
the Purchaser without prejudice to its rights of rescission in the event of non-
fulfillment and/or non-performance of any other condition or conditions, any
such waiver prior to the Time of Closing to be binding on the Purchaser only if
same is in writing.

8.4       Failure of Purchaser to Satisfy Conditions Precedent

          If any of the conditions contained in Section 8.2 are not satisfied at
the Time of Closing, the Vendor and Denis may:

          (a)     refuse to complete the transactions contemplated in this
                  Agreement by notice in writing to the Purchaser and, in such
                  event, the Vendor and Denis hereto shall be released from all
                  of their respective obligations under this Agreement and this
                  Agreement shall be thereupon be deemed to be null and void and
                  of no force or effect whatsoever. Purchaser shall not be
                  released from its obligations hereunder unless the ability to
                  satisfy the unsatisfied condition was beyond the reasonable
                  control of the Purchaser; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      -54-

          (b)     complete the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, it
                  being expressly understood and agreed that following such
                  completion, the Vendor and Denis may rely upon the warranties,
                  representations or covenants relating to any unsatisfied
                  condition  unless the ability to satisfy the unsatisfied
                  condition was beyond the reasonable control of the Purchaser.

provided that any of the said conditions may be waived in whole or in part by
the Vendor without prejudice to their rights of rescission in the event of non-
fulfillment and/or non-performance of any other condition or conditions, any
such waiver prior to the Time of Closing to be binding on the Vendor only if
same is in writing.

                     ARTICLE IX - DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED

9.1       Documents to be Delivered by the Vendor and Denis

          At the Closing, the Vendor and Denis shall deliver, or cause to be
delivered, to the Purchaser the following:

          (a)     the opinion of the Vendor's Solicitors, in a form acceptable
                  to the Purchaser acting reasonably;

          (b)     copies of all consents and waivers referred to in Section
                  8.1(f) hereof;

          (c)     Non-Competition Agreement, substantially in the form of
                  Exhibit A hereto, duly executed by each of the Vendor, Denis
                  and Clair Willner;

          (d)     certificate of good standing with respect to the Vendor by the
                  Registrar of Corporations (Alberta);

          (e)     Certificate of Incumbency of the Vendor;

          (f)     necessary Consents and or assignments from all lessors to all
                  material Personal Property Leases and other parties to the
                  Material Contracts from the Partnership to the Purchaser;

          (g)     Estoppel certificates by all landlords of the Real Property
                  Leases substantially in the form of Exhibit "C" hereto or as
                  agreed in writing by the Purchaser;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -55-

          (h)     assignments of the Real Property Leases from the Partnership
                  to the Purchaser consented to by the landlords;

          (i)     Certified Copy of Resolution of the sole director of the
                  Vendor approving the transactions contemplated by this
                  Agreement;

          (j)     Bill of Sale transferring the Vendor's Share of the Personal
                  Property to the Purchaser;

          (k)  Statement of Adjustments;

          (l)     Partnership Dissolution Agreement;

          (m)     Declaration of Dissolution of Partnership;

          (n)     Escrow Agreement duly executed by the Vendor and the
                  Partnership if necessary;

          (o)     Evidence of payment of Purchaser's Share of Cash on Hand;

          (p)  Form T2060; and

          (q)     such other documents as the Purchaser shall reasonably
                  request.

9.2       Documents to be Delivered by the Purchaser

          At the Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver to the Vendor the
following:

          (a)     evidence of the payment of the Purchase Price required to be
                  made pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof;

          (b)     evidence of payment of the Adjustments required to be made
                  pursuant to Section 3.5 hereof.

          (c)     the opinion of the Purchaser's Solicitors in a form acceptable
                  to the Vendor acting reasonably;

          (d)     copies of consents and waivers referred to in Section 8.2(d)
                  hereof;

          (e)     Certificate of good standing with respect to the Purchaser by
                  the Registrar of Corporations (Alberta) and Nova Scotia;

          (f)     Certificate of Incumbency of the Purchaser;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -56-

          (g)     Certified Copy of Resolution of the Directors of the Purchaser
                  approving the transaction contemplated by this Agreement;

          (h)     Partnership Dissolution Agreement;

          (i)     Declaration of Dissolution;

          (j)     Declaration of Dissolution of Partnership;

          (k)     Escrow Agreement duly executed by the Purchaser if necessary;

          (l)     Form T2060; and

          (m)     such other documents as the Vendor reasonably request.

9.3       Minimum Lease Assignments

          (a)     The Vendor is required under Section 8.1(h) to obtain all of
                  the estoppel certificates, and consents to assignment of the
                  landlord/lessors ("Consent Documents") under the Real Property
                  Leases for assignment from the Vendor on behalf of the
                  Partnership to the Purchaser hereunder.  If the Vendor obtains
                  the Consent Documents of five (5) of the Real Property Leases
                  (the "Minimum Lease Condition" for purposes of Article IX)
                  then the condition precedent set forth in Section 8.1(h) shall
                  at the option of the Purchaser be deemed to be met.  Assuming
                  the satisfaction of the Minimum Lease Condition, if Purchaser,
                  shall give the written notice to the Vendor as provided in
                  Section 11.8, then for each Real Property Lease for which the
                  Vendor has not obtained Consent Documents the amount of
                  C$100,000 of the Purchase Price shall be paid into escrow in
                  accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement pending
                  receipt and delivery of such consent.

                          ARTICLE X - INDEMNIFICATION

10.1      Survival

          The representations and warranties of the applicable Vendor, Denis and
the Purchaser shall remain operative and in full force and effect for a period
of thirty-six (36) months after the Closing Date, regardless of any
investigation or statement as to the results thereof made by or on behalf of any
party hereto.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -57-

herein, any representation or warranty which is the subject of a specific claim
or dispute which is asserted in writing prior to the expiration of the
applicable period set forth above shall survive with respect to such claim or
dispute until the final resolution and satisfaction thereof.

10.2      General Indemnification

          (a)     The Vendor and Denis hereby jointly and severally agree to
                  indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its Affiliates
                  (including their respective directors, officers, employees,
                  agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the "Purchaser
                  Indemnified Parties")) from and against and in respect of the
                  Vendor's Share of any and all Losses resulting from, arising
                  out of, based on or relating to:

                  (i)   the failure of any representation or warranty of the
                        Vendor or Denis set forth in this Agreement, any
                        Transaction Document or any certificate or instrument
                        delivered by or on behalf of the Vendor or Denis
                        pursuant to this Agreement, to be true and correct in
                        all respects both as of the date of this Agreement and
                        on the Closing Date;

                  (ii)  the breach of any covenant or other agreement on the
                        part of the Vendor or Denis under this Agreement or any
                        Transaction Document;

                  (iii) any Excluded Liability;

                  (iv)  (A) any Release of Hazardous Materials by or held on
                        behalf of (i) the Partnership or (ii) any Person for
                        whose actions the Partnership is responsible in law in,
                        on, at, or from the Company Properties which occurred,
                        or resulted from operations occurring, prior to the
                        Closing; (B) any tort liability to third parties as a
                        result of any Releases or from exposure to Hazardous
                        Materials arising from any Releases prior to the
                        Closing; (C) notification or designation under any
                        Environmental Law as a potentially responsible party for
                        onsite or offsite disposal of Hazardous Materials, which
                        disposal occurred prior to the Closing; or (D) any other
                        Environmental Costs and Liabilities and any other
                        Environmental Claim or Remedial Action resulting from or
                        based upon anything related to the property currently or
                        previously owned, leased or operated by the Partnership
                        or any of its previously amalgamated companies thereof
                        conducted prior to Closing.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -58-

          (b)     The Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
                  Vendor and Denis and their respective successors and assigns
                  (collectively, the "Vendor Indemnified Parties") from and
                  against and in respect of any and all Losses resulting from,
                  arising out of, based on or relating to:

                  (i)   the failure of any representation or warranty of the
                        Purchaser set forth in this Agreement or any Purchaser
                        Document or any certificate and instrument delivered by
                        or on behalf of the Purchaser pursuant to this
                        Agreement, to be true and correct in all respects both
                        as of the date of this Agreement and on the Closing
                        Date;

                  (ii)  the breach of any covenant or other agreement on the
                        part of the Purchaser or National under this Agreement
                        or any Purchaser Document;

                  (iii) any Contract Liabilities or breaches of the Assumed
                        Contracts.

10.3      Limitations on Indemnification for Breaches of Representations
          and Warranties

          The Vendor or Denis shall not have any liability under Section
10.2(a), unless and until the aggregate amount of losses subject to
indemnification thereunder exceeds C$5,000.00 and in such event, the Vendor or
Denis shall be required to pay the entire amount of such Losses in excess of
C$5,000.00.  The Purchaser shall not have any liability under Section 10.2(b),
unless and until the aggregate amount of Losses subject to indemnification
thereunder exceeds C$5,000.00 and, in such event, the Purchaser shall be
requested to pay the entire amount of such Losses in excess of C$5,000.00.

10.4      Indemnification Procedures

          For the purposes of administering the indemnification provisions of
Sections 10.2 and 10.3, the following procedures shall apply:

          (a)     If an indemnified party shall receive notice of any action or
                  proceeding by a third party with respect to which the
                  indemnified party asserts is indemnifiable under Section 10.2
                  (a "Claim"), the indemnified party shall notify the
                  indemnifying party (the "Indemnitor") of such Claim in writing
                  promptly following the receipt of notice of the commencement
                  of such Claim.  The failure 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -59-

                  to give notice as required by this Section 10.4 in a timely
                  fashion shall not result in a waiver of any right to
                  indemnification hereunder except to the extent that the
                  Indemnitor is actually prejudiced thereby.

          (b)     Except as provided below, the Indemnitor shall be entitled to
                  assume the defense or settlement of any Claim of the type
                  referred to in clause (a) hereof (with counsel reasonably
                  satisfactory to the indemnified parties) if the Indemnitor
                  shall provide the indemnified parties a written acknowledgment
                  of its liability to indemnify such indemnified parties against
                  all Losses resulting from, relating to or arising out of such
                  Claim.  If the Indemnitor assumes any such defense or
                  settlement, it shall pursue such defense or settlement in good
                  faith.  If the Indemnitor fails to elect in writing to assume
                  the defense of any Claim or to provide the written
                  acknowledgment provided for above within 10 days after the
                  notification referred to above, the indemnified party may
                  engage counsel to defend, settle or otherwise dispose of such
                  Claim, which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
                  Indemnitor; provided, however, that the indemnified party
                              --------  -------                            
                  shall not settle or compromise any such Claim without the
                  consent of the Indemnitor (which consent will not be
                  unreasonably withheld or delayed).

          (c)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the
                  Purchaser shall have the sole right, with counsel reasonably
                  satisfactory to the Indemnitor, to defend and settle in its
                  sole discretion any Claim which constitutes a Non-Assumable
                  Claim and no other party hereto shall be entitled to assume
                  the defense thereof or settle such claim.  A "Non-Assumable
                  Claim" means any claim, action or proceeding (i) arising out
                  of or in connection with, or relating to, any violation or
                  asserted violation of any Law, Order, judgment or decree, (ii)
                  involving any Government Body other than in respect to Taxes,
                  or (iii) seeking injunctive relief.

          (d)     In cases where the Indemnitor has elected to assume the
                  defence or settlement with respect to a Claim as provided
                  above, the Indemnitor shall be entitled to assume such defense
                  or settlement provided that:  (i) the indemnified party (and
                                --------                                      
                  its counsel) shall be entitled to 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -60-

                  continue to participate at its own cost in any such action or
                  proceeding or in any negotiations or proceedings to settle or
                  otherwise eliminate any claim for which indemnification is
                  being sought; (ii) the Indemnitor shall not be entitled to
                  settle or compromise any such claim without the consent or
                  agreement of the indemnified party (such consent not to be
                  unreasonably withheld or delayed); and (iii) after written
                  notice by the Indemnitor to the indemnified party of its
                  election to assume control of the defense of any Claim, the
                  Indemnitor shall not be liable to such indemnified party
                  hereunder for any legal fees and disbursements subsequently
                  incurred by such indemnified party in connection therewith.

10.5      Treatment of Payment

          The Vendor and Purchaser agree to treat any indemnity payment made
pursuant to Sections 10.2 of this Agreement as an adjustment to the Purchase
Price for federal, provincial, local and foreign income tax purposes.

10.6      Limitation of Indemnity

          The amount of any loss or damage which may be claimed by a party
pursuant to the provisions of this Article X shall be calculated after giving
effect to:

          (a)     any insurance proceeds received by the Vendor in the case of a
                  claim by the Purchaser, in relation to the matter which is the
                  subject of the claim; and

          (b)     the value of any tax benefits realized or which will be
                  realized relating thereto, less any tax imposed as a result of
                  the receipt of the indemnification hereunder, as determined by
                  KPMG in the case of a claim by the Purchaser or determined by
                  Woods & Co. in the case of a claim by the Vendor, in relation
                  to the matter which is the subject of the claim.

                              ARTICLE XI - GENERAL

11.1      Specific Performance

          The Vendor acknowledges and agrees that the breach of this Agreement
would cause irreparable damage to the Purchaser and that the Purchaser will not
have an adequate 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -61-

remedy at law. Therefore, the obligations of the Vendor under this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the obligation of the Vendor to sell the Assets
to the Purchaser, shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance
issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate injunctive relief
may be applied for and granted in connection therewith. Such remedies shall,
however, be cumulative and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other
remedies which any party may have under this Agreement or otherwise.

11.2      Further Assurances

          The Vendor and the Purchaser agree to execute and deliver such other
documents or agreements and to take such other action as may be reasonably
necessary or desirable for the implementation of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

11.3      Submission to Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

          (a)     The parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the
                  jurisdiction of any federal or other court located within the
                  Province of Alberta over any dispute arising out of or
                  relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions
                  contemplated hereby and each party hereby irrevocably agrees
                  that all claims in respect of such dispute or any suit, action
                  proceeding related thereto may be heard and determined by such
                  court.  The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest
                  extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they
                  may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such
                  dispute brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient
                  forum for the maintenance of such dispute.  Each of the
                  parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may
                  be enforced in other jurisdictions by action on the judgment
                  by or in any other manner provided by law.

          (b)     Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to process being
                  served by any party to this Agreement in any suit, action or
                  proceeding by the mailing of a copy thereof in accordance with
                  the provisions of Section 11.8.

11.4      Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers Confidentiality
<PAGE>
 
                                      -62-

          This Agreement and the Transaction Documents represent the entire
understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter hereof and can be amended, supplemented or changed, and any
provision hereof can be waived, only by written instrument making specific
reference to this Agreement signed by the party against whom enforcement of any
such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver is sought.  No action taken
pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, any investigation by
or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party
taking such action of compliance with any representation, warranty, covenant or
agreement contained herein.  The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any
provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or
continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent
breach.  Except as set out in this Agreement, no failure on the part of any
party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy
hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy
unless and to the extent that such failure, delay or partial exercise prejudices
the Indemnitor.  All remedies hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of
any other remedies provided by law.  The parties acknowledge that they each
participated in drafting this Agreement, and there shall be no presumption
against any party on the ground that such party was responsible for preparing
this Agreement or any part thereof.

11.5      Severability

          If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the
balance of this Agreement shall remain in effect.

11.6      Binding Effect; Assignment

          This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing in this
Agreement shall create or be deemed to create any third party beneficiary rights
in any person or entity not a party to this Agreement except as provided below.
No assignment of this Agreement or of any rights or obligations hereunder may be
made by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties
hereto and any attempted assignment without the required consents shall be void;
provided, however, that the Purchaser may assign this Agreement and any or all
- --------  -------                                                             
rights hereunder (including, without limitation, the Purchaser's rights to
purchase the Assets and the Purchaser's rights to seek indemnification
hereunder) to (a) any Affiliate of the Purchaser (provided that the Purchaser
shall remain liable for all of its obligations under this Agreement) or (b)
after the Closing, to any purchaser or transferee of any of the Assets upon the
purchaser 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -63-

assignee agreeing to be bound by such covenant and obligation of the Purchaser
and further provided that the Purchaser is not released from its obligations set
out herein. Upon any such permitted assignment, the references in this Agreement
to the Purchaser shall also apply to any such assignee unless the context
otherwise requires.

11.7      Counterparts

          This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original,
but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less
than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto.

11.8      Notices

          All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or mailed by
registered mail, return receipt requested, to the parties (and shall also be
transmitted by facsimile to the Persons receiving copies thereof) at the
following addresses (or to such other address as a party may have specified by
notice given to the other party pursuant to this provision):

          If to Purchaser
          c/o National Money Mart Company
          3rd Floor, 1640 Oak Bay Avenue
          Victoria, British Columbia V8R 1B2
          Attention:  Syd Franchuk, President
          Telephone No.: (250) 595-5211
          Telecopy No.: (250) 595-0410

          With a copy to:
          Bishop & McKenzie
          2500, 10104 - 103 Avenue
          Edmonton, Alberta
          T5J 1V3
          Attention: Norman J.K. Bishop
          Telephone No.: (780) 426-5550
          Telecopy No.: (780) 426-1305

          If to the Vendor and Denis:
          King Mortgage Ltd.
          Box 10, Site 38, R.R. 12
          Calgary, Alberta
<PAGE>
 
                                      -64-

          T3E 6W3
          Attention:  Denis Willner
          Telephone No.: (403) 246-5372
          Telecopy No.: (403) 246-7659

          With a Copy to:
          Cleall Pahl
          Barristers and Solicitors
          2500, 10155 - 102 Street
          Edmonton, AB
          T5J 4G8
          Attention:  Mr. Kenneth F. Cleall, Q.C.
          Telephone No.:  (780) 425-2500
          Telecopy No.:  (780) 425-1222

Any notice given in accordance with this paragraph shall be deemed received on
the date of personal delivery or three (3) days after posting by registered
mail.  Any party may by notice change the address to which notice or other
communications to it are to be delivered or mailed.

11.9      Governing Law

          This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the Province of Alberta without giving effect to principles of
conflicts of law.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the
date first written above.

                                    NATIONAL MONEY MART COMPANY

                                    Per:
                                         ---------------------------------

                                    KING MORTGAGE LTD.

                                    Per:
                                         ---------------------------------

- -------------------------------     -------------------------------------- 
Witness                             DENIS WILLNER


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission